]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
locale: add _unused_ attribute for dummy variable
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
019cb3ab
SH
3CHANGES WITH 239 in spe:
4
5 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
6 builtin may name network interfaces differently than in previous
7 versions. SR-IOV virtual functions and NPAR partitions with PCI
8 function numbers of 8 and above will be named more predictably,
9 and udev may generate names based on PCI slot number in some cases
10 where it previously did not.
11
6e2d744b
YW
12 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
13 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
14 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of systemd-logind
15 is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or administrators
16 disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a drop-in config file,
17 then it may be necessary to update the file to re-enable AF_INET and
18 AF_INET6 to support network user name services, e.g. NIS.
19
e0eee477
YW
20 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple times,
21 then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the last
22 assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or administrators
23 modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it may be necessary
24 to update the file.
25
1fc83d09
LP
26 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
27 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
28 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
29 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
30 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
31 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
32 documentation.
33
c657bff1 34CHANGES WITH 238:
e0c46a73
LP
35
36 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
37 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
38 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
39 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
444d5863
ZJS
40 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
41 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
42 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
43 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
44 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
07a35e84 45 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
444d5863
ZJS
46 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
47 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
48 to revert this change.
e0c46a73 49
313c32c3
ZJS
50 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
51 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
52 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
53 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
54 once at the end of the transaction.
55
56 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
57 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
58 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
59 scripts.
60
61 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
62 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
63 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
64 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
65 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
66 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
67 still allowing local admin overrides.
68
07a35e84 69 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
313c32c3
ZJS
70 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
71 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
72
73 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
07a35e84 74 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
313c32c3
ZJS
75 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
76 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
77 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
78
79 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
80 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
81 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
82 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
83 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
84 from package installation scripts.
85
86 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
87 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
88 without the user number ("u username -:456").
89
90 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
91 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
92
93 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
94 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
95 /sbin/nologin for other users).
96
97 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
98 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
99 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
100 --systemd, --user, or --global).
101
102 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
103 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
104 which are triggered meanwhile).
105
106 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
107 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
108 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
109 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
110 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
111
112 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
113 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
114 rotated very quickly.
115
116 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
117 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
118 pending bus messages.
119
120 * systemd gained a new
121 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
122 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
123 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
124 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
125 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
126 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
127 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
128 again in pure cgroups v2 environments when invoked from the user
129 session scope.
130
131 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
132 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
133 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
134 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
135 the tree to be accessed.
136
137 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
138 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
139 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
140
141 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
142 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
143 to keys in the main keyring.
144
145 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
146
147 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
148 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
149
150 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
151
152 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
153 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
154 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
155 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
156 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
157 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
158 explicitly.
159
160 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
161 the colour of "OK" status messages.
162
163 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
164 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
165 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
166 be restarted.
167
168 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
169 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
170
c657bff1
ZJS
171 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
172 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
173 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
174 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
175 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
176 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
177 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
178 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
179 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
180 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
181 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
182 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
183 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
184 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
185 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
186 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
187
188 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
189
82c8e3e6 190CHANGES WITH 237:
2b0c59ba
MP
191
192 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
193 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
194 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
195 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
196
49e87292
LP
197 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
198 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
199 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
200 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
201 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
202 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
203 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
204 behaviour has been altered slightly, to match what the documentation
205 says: lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files
206 don't exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the
207 file.
208
82c8e3e6
LP
209 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
210 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
211 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
212 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
213 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
214 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
215 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
216 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
217 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
218 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
219
95894b91
LP
220 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
221 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
222 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
223 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
224 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
225 now provides explicit control.
226
1a0cd2c7
ZJS
227 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
228 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
95894b91
LP
229 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
230 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
231 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1a0cd2c7
ZJS
232 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
233 unit types that already supported transient operation.
95894b91
LP
234
235 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
236 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
237 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
238
239 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
240 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
241
242 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
243 .network files all gained support for a new condition
244 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
245 versions.
246
247 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6cddc792 248 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
95894b91
LP
249 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
250 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
251 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
252 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
253 understands RapidCommit=.
254
255 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
256 Delegation.
257
258 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
259 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
260 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
261 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
262 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
263 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
264 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
265 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
266 --watch-bind= command line switch.
267
268 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
269 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
270 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
271 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
272 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
273 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
274 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
275 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
caf2a2d8 276 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
95894b91
LP
277 "Disconnected" signals).
278
279 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
280 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
281 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
282 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
283 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
284 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
285 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
286 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
287 round-trips are removed.
288
289 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
290 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
291 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
292 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
293
294 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
295 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
296 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
297 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
298 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
299 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
300
301 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
302 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
303 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
304 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
6cddc792
CR
305 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
306 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
95894b91
LP
307 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
308 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
309 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
310 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
311
312 * sd-event gained a new call pair
6cddc792
CR
313 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
314 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
95894b91
LP
315 when the event source is destroyed.
316
317 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
318 connections.
319
6cddc792
CR
320 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
321 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
322 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
95894b91
LP
323 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
324 new transitional flag file has been added: if
325 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
326 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
327
328 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
329 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
330 manager.
331
31751f7e 332 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
e6501af8
ZJS
333 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
334 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
335 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
336 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
337
56a29112 338 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
508058c9 339 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
56a29112 340 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
508058c9
LP
341 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
342 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
56a29112 343 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
508058c9
LP
344
345 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
346 addded that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
347 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
348 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
349 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
56a29112 350 level/target is given as an argument.
95894b91 351
508058c9
LP
352 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
353 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
354 where UID and GID do not match.
355
95894b91 356 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
508058c9
LP
357 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
358 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
359 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
360 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
361 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
362 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
363 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
364 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
365 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
366 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
367 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
368 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
369 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
370 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
371 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
372 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
373 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
374 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
375 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
376 Палаузов
377
378 — Brno, 2018-01-28
2b0c59ba 379
a1b2c92d 380CHANGES WITH 236:
195b943d 381
89780840
ZJS
382 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
383 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
384 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
385 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
195b943d 386
3925496a
LP
387 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
388 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
389 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
390 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
391 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
392 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
393 valid specifiers today.)
751223fe 394
e6b2d948 395 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
89780840
ZJS
396 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
397 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
398 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
399 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
400 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
e6b2d948 401
67eb5b38
LP
402 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
403 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
404 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
405 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
406
89780840
ZJS
407 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
408 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
409 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
410 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
411 services are resolved properly.
67eb5b38 412
3925496a
LP
413 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
414 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
415 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
416 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
417 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
418 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
419 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
420 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
421 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
422 and btrfs.
423
67eb5b38
LP
424 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
425 DNS server and domain information.
426
427 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
428 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
429 runtime.
430
89780840 431 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
67eb5b38
LP
432 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
433 empty for the first time.
434
8ea2dcb0
ZJS
435 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
436 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
437 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
438 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
439 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
440 running in the user session.
441
442 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
443 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
444 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
445 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
446 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
447 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
67eb5b38 448 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
8ea2dcb0 449 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
67eb5b38
LP
450 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
451 user instance).
452
453 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
454 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
455
456 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
89780840
ZJS
457 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
458 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
459 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
67eb5b38
LP
460
461 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
89780840 462 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
67eb5b38
LP
463
464 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
465 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
466 sleep verbs.
467
e9ad86d5 468 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
67eb5b38
LP
469
470 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
89780840 471 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
67eb5b38 472
89780840 473 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
67eb5b38 474
89780840
ZJS
475 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
476 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
477 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
67eb5b38 478
89780840
ZJS
479 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
480 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
481 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
482 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
483 instance.
67eb5b38
LP
484
485 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
486 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
487 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
488
489 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
490 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
491 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
492
89780840 493 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
67eb5b38 494
89780840
ZJS
495 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
496 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
497 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
498 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
499 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
500 processes.
67eb5b38 501
89780840
ZJS
502 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
503 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
504 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
505 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
67eb5b38
LP
506
507 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
508 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
509 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
510
89780840
ZJS
511 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
512 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
513 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
514 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
515 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
516
67eb5b38
LP
517 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
518 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
519
520 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
521 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
522 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
523 time the specified expression would elapse.
524
525 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
89780840
ZJS
526 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
527 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
528 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
529 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
530 types, not just services.
67eb5b38
LP
531
532 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
dd014eeb 533 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
67eb5b38
LP
534 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
535 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
536
537 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
538 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
539 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
540 interface for this purpose.
541
542 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
543 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
544 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
545 anyway.
546
f09eb768
LP
547 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
548 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3925496a
LP
549 requirements of systemd.
550
551 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
552 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
553 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
554
555 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
556 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
557 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
558 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
559
a327431b
DB
560 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
561 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
562 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
563 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
564
ea2a3c9e
LP
565 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
566 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
567
a1b2c92d
LP
568 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
569 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
570 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
571 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
572 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
573 managing software supports (such as pppd).
574
575 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
576 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
577 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
578
3925496a
LP
579 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
580 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
581 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
ea2a3c9e 582 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
a1b2c92d
LP
583 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
584 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
585 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
586 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
587 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
588 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
589 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
590 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
591 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
592 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
593 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
594 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
595 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
596 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
597 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
598 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
599 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
600 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
601 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
67eb5b38 602
ea2a3c9e 603 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3754abc5 604
582faeb4
DJL
605CHANGES WITH 235:
606
2bcbffd6
LP
607 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
608 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
609 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
610 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
23d37367 611 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
2bcbffd6
LP
612 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
613 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
614 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
615 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
616 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
617 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
618 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
619 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
620 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
621 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
622 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
623 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
624 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
625 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
626 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
627 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
628 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
629 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
630 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
631 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
632 IPAddressDeny= see below.
633
fccf5419
LP
634 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
635 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
636 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
637 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
638 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
639 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
640 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
641 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
582faeb4 642
ef5a8cb1 643 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
21723f53
ZJS
644 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
645 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
646 used to change those values.
ef5a8cb1 647
fccf5419
LP
648 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
649 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
21723f53
ZJS
650 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
651 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
652 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
653 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
fccf5419 654
21723f53
ZJS
655 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
656 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
657 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
658 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
fccf5419
LP
659
660 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
661 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
662 one top-level directory.
663
664 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
665 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
666 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
21723f53 667 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
fccf5419
LP
668 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
669 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
670 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
671 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
672 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
673 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
674 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
75dfbbac
LP
675 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
676 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
677 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
678 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
fccf5419
LP
679
680 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
681 Meson-only.
682
683 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
684 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
685 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
686 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
687 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
688 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
689 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
690 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
691 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
692 acceptable to us.
693
694 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
695 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
696 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
697 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
698 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
699 requested at build time.
700
701 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
702 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
703 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
704 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
705 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
706 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
707 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
708 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
709 Type= setting which permits configuring
710 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
711
712 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
713 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
714 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
715 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
716 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
717 local frames between bridge ports.
718
719 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
720 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
721 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
722
723 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
21723f53 724 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
fccf5419
LP
725
726 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
21723f53
ZJS
727 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
728 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
fccf5419
LP
729 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
730
731 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
732 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
733 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
21723f53
ZJS
734 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
735 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
736 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
737 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
fccf5419
LP
738 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
739
740 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
741 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
742 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
743 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
744 command.)
745
746 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
747 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
748 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
749
44898c53
LP
750 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
751 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
fccf5419
LP
752 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
753 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
754
755 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
756 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
757 configured, except for the credentials applied by
758 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
759 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
760 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
761 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
762 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
763 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
764 on systems where this is not supported.
765
766 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
767 sockets.
768
769 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
770 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
771 during runtime.
772
773 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
774 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
21723f53 775 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
fccf5419
LP
776
777 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
778 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
779 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
780
781 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
782 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
21723f53
ZJS
783 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
784 Following this logic, two new special targets
fccf5419 785 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
21723f53
ZJS
786 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
787 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
fccf5419
LP
788
789 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
21723f53
ZJS
790 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
791 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
fccf5419
LP
792 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
793
794 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
795 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
796 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
797 --wait".
798
799 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
800 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
801 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
802 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
803 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
804 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
805 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
806 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
807 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
808
21723f53 809 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
608f70e6 810 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
fccf5419
LP
811 containing information about the consumed resources of this
812 invocation.
813
814 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
815 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
816 processes.
817
e06fafb2
LP
818 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
819 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
820 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
21723f53
ZJS
821 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
822 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
e06fafb2
LP
823 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
824 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
825 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
826 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
827 systems for all five operations.
828
829 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
830 the system.
831
fccf5419
LP
832 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
833 than UTC or the local timezone.
834
f6e64b78 835 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
21723f53
ZJS
836 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
837 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
838 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
839 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
840 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
841 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
842 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
f6e64b78 843
d55b0463
LP
844 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
845 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
846 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
847 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
cf84484a
LP
848 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
849 again.
850
851 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
852 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
853 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
d55b0463 854
fccf5419
LP
855 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
856 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
76451c1d
LP
857 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
858 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
859 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
860 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
861 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
862 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
863 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
864 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
865 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
866 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
867 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
868 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
869 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
870 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
871 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
872 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
873 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
874 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
fccf5419 875
c1719d8b 876 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
fccf5419 877
4b4da299
LP
878CHANGES WITH 234:
879
880 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
881 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
882 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
883 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
884 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
885 summary:
886
887 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
888
889 becomes:
890
891 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
892
893 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
894 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
895 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
896 .device units.
897
898 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
899 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
900 running a systemd user instance.
901
902 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
903 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
904 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
905 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
906 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
907 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
908
9f09a95a 909 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4b4da299
LP
910
911 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
912 (domain search list).
913
914 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
915 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
916 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
917 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
918 implementation of RA.
919
920 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
921 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
922 ISO date values.
923
924 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
925 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
926 devices.
927
928 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
929 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
930 option.
931
932 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7f7ab228
ZJS
933 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
934 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
935 default yet.
4b4da299
LP
936
937 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
938 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
939 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
940 SHA256SUMS files.
941
942 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
943 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
944
945 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
946
947 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
948
949 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
950 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
5486a31d
ZJS
951
952 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
953 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
954 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
955 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
956
9f09a95a
ZJS
957 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
958 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
38d93385 959 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9f09a95a
ZJS
960 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
961 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
962 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
963 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
964 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
965 systemd-logind to be safe. See
966 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
967
9d8813b3
YW
968 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
969 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
970 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
971 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
38d93385 972 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
9d8813b3
YW
973 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
974
184d2c15 975 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
ac172e52
LP
976 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
977 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
978 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
979 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
184d2c15
LP
980 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
981 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
982 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
983 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
ac172e52
LP
984 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
985 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
986 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
987 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
988 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
989 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
990 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
991 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
992 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
993 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
994 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
995 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
996 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
997 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
998 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
999 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
184d2c15
LP
1000 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1001 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
ac172e52
LP
1002 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1003 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1004 Георгиевски
4b4da299 1005
ac172e52 1006 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4b4da299 1007
a2b53448 1008CHANGES WITH 233:
d08ee7cb 1009
23eb30b3
ZJS
1010 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1011 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1012 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1013 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1014 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
1015 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
1016 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
1017 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
1018 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
1019
1020 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
1021 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
1022 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
1023 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
1024 default selected on the configure command line
1025 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
1026 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
1027 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
1028 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
1029 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
1030 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
1031 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
1032 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
1033 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
1034 greatest stability and compatibility only.
1035
1036 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
1037 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
1038 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
1039 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
1040 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
1041 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
1042 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
1043 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
1044 further details about this.)
1045
fb7c4eff
MG
1046 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
1047 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
1048 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
1049
23eb30b3
ZJS
1050 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
1051 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
1052
d60c5270 1053 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4dfe64f8
ZJS
1054 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
1055 with 'make install-tests'.
1056
23eb30b3
ZJS
1057 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
1058 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
1059 kernel.
1060
1061 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
1062 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
1063 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
1064 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
1065 by the Slice= option.
1066
5cfc0a84
LP
1067 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
1068 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
1069 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
1070 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
1071
2bcc3309
FB
1072 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
1073 following choices:
1074
b0eb2944 1075 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
dd6f9ac0 1076 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 1077 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 1078 (h)elp
eedf223a 1079 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
56fde33a 1080 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2bcc3309
FB
1081 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
1082 (y)es, execute the command
1083
1084 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
1085 because its meaning was confusing.
1086
d08ee7cb
LP
1087 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
1088 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
1089
8e458bfe
JW
1090 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
1091 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
1092 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
1093
85266f9b
LP
1094 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
1095 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
1096 state directly, without executing these commands.
1097
baf32786
MP
1098 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
1099 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
23eb30b3 1100 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
fa8b4499 1101
631b676b
LP
1102 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
1103 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
1104 combination with After=) have been started.
1105
d08ee7cb
LP
1106 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
1107 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
23eb30b3 1108 setting, and which system calls they contain.
d08ee7cb
LP
1109
1110 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
23eb30b3 1111 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
d08ee7cb 1112 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
23eb30b3 1113 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
d08ee7cb
LP
1114 configuration related calls.
1115
1116 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
1117 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
1118 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
23eb30b3
ZJS
1119 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
1120 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
1121 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
1122 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
d08ee7cb 1123
23eb30b3
ZJS
1124 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
1125 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
d08ee7cb
LP
1126
1127 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
1128 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
1129 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
1130
23eb30b3
ZJS
1131 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
1132 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
1133
1134 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
1135 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
1136 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
1137 for compatibility.
1138
1139 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
1140 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
1141
1142 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
1143 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
1144
1145 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
1146 support for negative matching.
1147
d08ee7cb
LP
1148 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
1149
1150 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
1151 permitted runtime of the mount command.
1152
1153 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
1154 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
1155 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
1156 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
1157 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
1158 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
1159 removed from the drive.
1160
23eb30b3
ZJS
1161 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
1162 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
d08ee7cb
LP
1163
1164 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
1165 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
1166
23eb30b3
ZJS
1167 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
1168 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
1169 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
d08ee7cb
LP
1170
1171 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
1172 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
1173 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
1174 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
baf32786
MP
1175 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
1176 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
1177 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
d08ee7cb
LP
1178
1179 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
1180 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
1181 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
23eb30b3 1182 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
d08ee7cb
LP
1183 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
1184 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
1185
1186 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
1187 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
1188
23eb30b3
ZJS
1189 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
1190 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
d08ee7cb 1191 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
baf32786 1192 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
d08ee7cb
LP
1193 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
1194 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
1195 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
1196 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
1197
1198 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
1199 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
1200 including all control processes.
1201
1202 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
1203 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
1204 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
1205
1206 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1207 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
1208 prefixing the source path with "+".
1209
1210 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
1211 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
1212 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
1213 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
1214 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
1215 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
1216 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
1217 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
1218
baf32786
MP
1219 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
1220 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
1221 before).
d08ee7cb
LP
1222
1223 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
1224 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
1225 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
1226 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
1227 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
1228 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
1229 the new --root-hash= command line option).
1230
1231 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
1232 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
1233 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
1234 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
1235 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
1236 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
1237 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3b31c466 1238 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
d08ee7cb
LP
1239 versions.
1240
1241 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
baf32786 1242 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
d08ee7cb
LP
1243 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
1244 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
1245 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
1246 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
1247 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
1248 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
1249 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
1250 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
1251 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
1252 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
1253 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
1254 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
1255 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
1256 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
1257 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
1258 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
1259 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
1260 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
1261 a Verity-enabled root partition.
1262
d08ee7cb
LP
1263 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
1264 accelerometer quirks.
1265
1266 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
1267 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
1268 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
1269 ID of each service.
1270
1271 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
1272 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
1273 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
1274 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
1275 view.
1276
1277 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
1278 environment variables:
1279
f09eb768 1280 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/doc/ENVIRONMENT.md
d08ee7cb
LP
1281
1282 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
1283 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
1284 address.
1285
1286 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
1287 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
1288 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
1289
d08ee7cb 1290 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
23eb30b3
ZJS
1291 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
1292 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
1293 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
1294 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
d08ee7cb 1295 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
23eb30b3
ZJS
1296 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
1297 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
d08ee7cb
LP
1298 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
1299 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
1300 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
1301 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
23eb30b3 1302 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
d08ee7cb
LP
1303
1304 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
1305 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
1306 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
1307
1308 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
1309 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
1310
1311 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
1312 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
1313 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
1314 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
23eb30b3 1315 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
d08ee7cb
LP
1316
1317 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
1318 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
1319 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
1320
1321 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
1322 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
1323
1324 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
1325 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
1326 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
1327 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
1328
1329 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
1330 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
1331 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
1332 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
1333 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
1334 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
1335 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
1336 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
1337 possibly even including full integrity data.
1338
1339 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
baf32786 1340 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
d08ee7cb
LP
1341 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
1342 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
1343 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
1344
1345 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
1346 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
1347 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
1348 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
1349 directly with systemd-nspawn.
1350
d08ee7cb 1351 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
23eb30b3 1352 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
d08ee7cb
LP
1353 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
1354 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
1355
c1ec34d1 1356 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
d08ee7cb
LP
1357 of coredumps in reverse order.
1358
23eb30b3
ZJS
1359 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
1360 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
1361 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
1362 additional informational message in its output.
1363
1364 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
1365 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
1366 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
1367
d08ee7cb 1368 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
23eb30b3 1369 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
d08ee7cb
LP
1370 scripting languages such as Python.
1371
1372 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
1373 namespacing is enabled for them.
1374
baf32786 1375 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
d08ee7cb
LP
1376 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
1377 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
baf32786 1378 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
23eb30b3
ZJS
1379 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
1380 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
d08ee7cb 1381
a2b53448
LP
1382 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
1383 root key (KSK).
1384
a2b53448
LP
1385 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
1386 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
1387 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
1388
d08ee7cb
LP
1389 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
1390 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
1391 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
1392 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
1393 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
1394 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
1395 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
1396 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
1397 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
a2b53448
LP
1398 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
1399 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
1400 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
1401 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
1402 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
1403 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
1404 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
1405 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
1406 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
1407 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
1408 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
1409 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
1410 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
1411 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
1412 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
1413 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
1414 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
1415 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
1416 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
1417 Тихонов
1418
1419 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
d08ee7cb 1420
54b24597 1421CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 1422
05f426d2
LP
1423 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
1424 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
1425 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
1426 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
1427 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
1428 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
1429
4ffe2479
ZJS
1430 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
1431 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
1432
6fa44114 1433 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
1434 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
1435 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 1436
4a77c53d
ZJS
1437 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
1438 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
1439 to be remounted read-only for a service.
1440
e49e2c25 1441 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
1442 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
1443 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
1444 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
1445
6fa44114 1446 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
1447 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
1448
1449 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
1450 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
1451 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
1452
4ffe2479
ZJS
1453 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
1454 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
1455 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
1456 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
1457 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
1458 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
1459 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
1460 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
1461 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
1462 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 1463
171ae2cd 1464 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 1465 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 1466 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1467
1468 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
1469 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
1470 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
1471 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1472
1473 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
1474 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
1475 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
1476 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
1477
1478 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
1479 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
1480
1481 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
1482 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
1483 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
1484 and the support is provisional.
1485
171ae2cd
LP
1486 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
1487 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
1488 unit files in the file system).
1489
1490 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
1491 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
1492 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
1493 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
1494 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
1495 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
1496 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
1497 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
1498 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
1499 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
1500 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
1501 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1502
1503 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
1504 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
1505 option.
1506
1507 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
1508 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
1509 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
1510 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
1511 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
1512 else.
1513
171ae2cd
LP
1514 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
1515 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
1516 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
1517 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
1518 bootable on physical systems.
1519
4a77c53d 1520 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1521
1522 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
1523 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
1524 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
1525 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
1526 used.
1527
1528 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 1529 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
1530 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
1531 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
1532
05ecf467 1533 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 1534
d4c08299 1535 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
1536 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
1537 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
1538 of the container).
1539
171ae2cd 1540 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
1541 files from the specified location.
1542
1543 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
1544 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
1545 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
1546 be active.
1547
1548 * The hardware database has been extended to support
1549 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
1550 trackball devices.
1551
1552 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
1553 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
1554 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
1555
1556 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
1557 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
1558 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 1559
171ae2cd 1560 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
1561 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
1562
171ae2cd 1563 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 1564 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
1565 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
1566 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
1567 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
1568
1569 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
1570 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
1571 are automatically propagated to the container.
1572
1573 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
1574 from a single IP address can be limited with
1575 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
1576 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 1577
4a77c53d
ZJS
1578 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
1579 configuration.
1580
1581 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
1582 drop-ins.
1583
4ffe2479
ZJS
1584 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
1585 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
1586 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
1587 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
1588 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
1589 [Link] section of .link files.
1590
171ae2cd
LP
1591 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
1592 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
1593 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
1594 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 1595
171ae2cd 1596 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
1597 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
1598 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
1599
171ae2cd 1600 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
1601 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
1602 .network files.
1603
171ae2cd
LP
1604 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
1605 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
1606 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
1607 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 1608
4a77c53d 1609 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 1610 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
1611 has been traditionally doing.
1612
1613 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
1614 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
1615 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
1616 prevent any later plugins from running.
1617
76153ad4 1618 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 1619 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
1620 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
1621 default of SplitMode=uid.
1622
4a77c53d
ZJS
1623 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
1624 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
1625 useful.
1626
4ffe2479
ZJS
1627 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
1628 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
1629 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
1630 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
1631 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
1632 individual namespaces.
1633
171ae2cd
LP
1634 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
1635 the output, as well as OS release information.
1636
1637 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1638
1639 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1640 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1641 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1642 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1643 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1644
1645 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
1646 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
1647 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1648 severed.
1649
1650 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1651 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1652 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1653 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1654 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
1655 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
1656 information about exit statuses and results.
1657
4c37970d
LP
1658 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
1659 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1660 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1661 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1662 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1663 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1664
1665 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1666
1667 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1668 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1669 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1670 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1671 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1672 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1673 entirely.
1674
1675 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1676 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1677 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1678
1679 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1680 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1681 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1682 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1683 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1684 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1685 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1686 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1687 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1688 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1689 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1690 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1691 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1692 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1693 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1694 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1695 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1696
1697 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1698 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1699 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1700 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1701
1702 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1703 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1704 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1705 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1706
1707 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1708 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1709 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1710 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1711 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1712 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1713 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1714 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1715 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1716 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1717 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1718 fragment entirely.)
1719
1720 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1721 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1722 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1723
1724 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1725 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1726 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1727 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1728
1729 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1730 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1731 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1732 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1733 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1734 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1735
1736 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1737 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1738
b4eed568
LP
1739 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1740 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1741
1742 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1743 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1744 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1745 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1746 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1747
07393b6e
LP
1748 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1749 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1750 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1751 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1752 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1753 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1754 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1755 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1756 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1757 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1758 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1759 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1760 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1761 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1762 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1763 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1764 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1765 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1766 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1767 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1768 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1769 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1770 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1771 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1772 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1773 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1774
54b24597 1775 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 1776
5cd118ba
MP
1777CHANGES WITH 231:
1778
fcd30826
LP
1779 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1780 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 1781 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
1782 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1783 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1784 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1785 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1786 independently.
1787
1788 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1789 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1790
1791 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1792 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1793 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1794 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 1795 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
1796 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1797 values.
1798
1799 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1800 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1801 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1802 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1803 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1804
1805 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1806 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1807 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1808 7:10am every day.
1809
1810 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1811 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1812 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1813 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1814 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1815 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1816 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1817 available for compatibility.
1818
1819 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1820 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1821 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1822 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1823 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1824 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1825
1826 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1827 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1828 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1829 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1830 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1831 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1832 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1833 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1834 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1835
1836 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1837 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1838 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1839 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
1840 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1841 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1842 desired options.
1843
fcd30826
LP
1844 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1845 cgroupsv2.
1846
1847 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1848 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1849 limited to subgroups of that group.
1850
1851 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1852 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1853 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 1854 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
1855 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1856 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1857 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1858 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1859
1860 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1861 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1862 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1863 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1864 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1865 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1866 own long-running services.
1867
1868 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1869 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1870 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1871 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1872
1873 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1874 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1875 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1876 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1877 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1878 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1879 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1880 primitives.
1881
1882 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1883 "terminate".
1884
1885 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1886 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1887
1888 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1889 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1890 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1891 --flush-caches".
1892
771de3f5 1893 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
1894 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1895 is shown.
1896
1897 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1898 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1899 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 1900 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
1901 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1902 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1903
1904 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1905 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1906 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1907 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1908 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1909 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1910 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1911 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1912 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1913 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1914 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1915 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1916 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1917 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1918 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1919 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1920 bus API instead.
1921
1922 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1923 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1924 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1925 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1926
1927 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1928 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1929 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1930 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1931
1932 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1933 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1934 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1935
1936 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1937 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1938
1939 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1940 interface configuration.
1941
1942 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1943 specifying the --force switch.
1944
1945 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1946 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1947 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1948
43a569a1
ZJS
1949 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1950 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1951 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1952 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 1953 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
1954 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1955 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1956 to be handled.
1957
1958 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1959 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1960
1961 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1962 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1963
1964 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1965 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1966 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1967
0f1da52b
LP
1968 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1969 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1970
1971 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1972 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1973 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1974 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1975 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1976 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
ead6bd25 1977 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
1978 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1979 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1980 library.
43a569a1 1981
fcd30826
LP
1982 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1983 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1984 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1985 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1986 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1987 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 1988 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
1989 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1990 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
f09eb768 1991 doc/HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 1992
4ffe2479
ZJS
1993 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1994 distribution's bugtracker.
1995
38b383d9
LP
1996 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1997 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1998 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1999 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2000 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2001 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2002 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2003 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2004 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2005 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2006 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2007 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2008 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2009 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2010 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2011 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
2012 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2013 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 2014 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 2015
38b383d9 2016 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 2017
46e40fab 2018CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 2019
61ecb465
LP
2020 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
2021 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
2022 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
2023 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
2024 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
2025 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
2026 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
2027 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
2028 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 2029 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
2030 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
2031 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
2032 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
2033 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
2034 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
2035 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
2036 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
2037 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
2038 applications.)
61ecb465 2039
96515dbf 2040 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 2041 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 2042 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 2043
97e5530c
ZJS
2044 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
2045 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 2046 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
2047 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
2048 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
2049 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
2050 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
2051
2052 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
2053 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
2054 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 2055 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 2056 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 2057 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
2058
2059 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
2060 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
2061 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
2062 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
2063 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
2064 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 2065
95365a57 2066 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 2067 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 2068
e75690c3
ZJS
2069 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
2070 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 2071 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
2072
2073 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
2074
96515dbf 2075 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 2076 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
2077 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
2078 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
2079 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 2080
96515dbf
ZJS
2081 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
2082 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
2083 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 2084 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 2085
e40a326c
LP
2086 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
2087 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
2088 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
2089 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
2090 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
2091 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 2092
e40a326c
LP
2093 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
2094 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
2095 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
2096
2097 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
2098 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
2099 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
2100 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
2101 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
2102 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
2103
2104 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
2105 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
2106 address.
2107
2108 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
2109 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
2110 should be emitted.
96515dbf 2111
e40a326c 2112 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
2113 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
2114 supported.
2115
e40a326c
LP
2116 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
2117 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
2118 logging performance.
96515dbf 2119
e75690c3
ZJS
2120 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2121 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
2122 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
2123 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
2124 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
2125 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
2126
2127 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
2128 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
2129 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
2130 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
2131
e40a326c
LP
2132 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
2133 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
2134
2135 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
2136 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
2137 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
2138
e75690c3 2139 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
2140
2141 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
2142 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
2143 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
2144 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 2145
e75690c3
ZJS
2146 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
2147 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
2148 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
2149 refuse to operate on such files.
2150
e40a326c
LP
2151 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
2152 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
2153 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
2154
2155 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
2156 just hidden container images.
2157
e40a326c
LP
2158 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
2159 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
2160
e40a326c
LP
2161 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
2162 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
2163 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
2164 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
2165 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
2166 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
2167 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
2168 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
2169 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
2170 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
2171 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 2172
25b0e6cb
LP
2173 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
2174 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
2175 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
2176 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
2177 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
2178 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
2179 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
2180 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
2181 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
2182 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
2183 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
2184 terminates.
2185
e40a326c 2186 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
2187 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
2188 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
2189 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 2190
030bd839 2191 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
2192 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
2193 rate of the socket unit.
2194
2195 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
2196 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
2197 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
2198 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
2199 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
2200
999a43f8
LP
2201 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
2202 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
2203 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 2204 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
2205 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
2206 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
2207 with this.
2208
e75690c3
ZJS
2209 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
2210 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
2211
2212 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
2213 merged into the kernel in its current form.
2214
2215 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
2216 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
2217 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
2218 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
2219 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
2220
2221 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
2222 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
2223 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
2224
4f9020fa
DR
2225 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
2226 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
2227 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
2228 target is now included in early userspace.
2229
e75690c3
ZJS
2230 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
2231 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
2232 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
2233 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
2234 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
2235 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
2236 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
2237 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
2238 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
2239 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
2240 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
2241 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
2242 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
2243 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
2244 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
2245 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
2246 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
2247 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
2248 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
2249 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2250 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
2251 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
2252 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
2253 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
2254 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2255 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 2256
46e40fab 2257 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 2258
61f32bff
MP
2259CHANGES WITH 229:
2260
d5f8b295
LP
2261 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
2262 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
2263 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
2264 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
2265 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
2266 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
2267 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
2268 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
2269 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
2270 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
2271 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
2272 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
2273 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
2274
2275 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
2276 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
2277 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
2278 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
2279
2280 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
2281 devices.
2282
a7c723c0
LP
2283 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
2284 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
2285 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
2286 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
2287 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
2288 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
2289 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
2290 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
2291 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
2292 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
2293 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
2294 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
2295 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
2296 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
2297 this limit.
2298
2299 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
2300 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
2301 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
2302 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
2303 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
2304 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
2305 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
2306 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
2307
2308 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
2309 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
2310 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
2311 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
2312 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
2313 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
2314 and group at package installation time.
2315
d5f8b295
LP
2316 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
2317 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
2318 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
2319 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
2320 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
2321
8968aea0
MP
2322 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
2323 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
2324 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
2325 supports it.
2326
2327 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
2328 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
2329
2330 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
2331 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
2332 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
2333 file is already initialized.
2334
2335 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
2336 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
2337 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
2338 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
2339 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
2340 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
2341 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
2342 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
2343 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
2344
2345 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
2346 working directory for the process started in the container.
2347
ed5f8840
ZJS
2348 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
2349 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
2350 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
2351 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
2352 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
2353
2354 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2355 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
2356 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
2357
2358 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
2359 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
2360 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
2361 sd_journal_restart_fields().
2362
2363 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
2364 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
2365 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
2366 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
2367 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
2368
2369 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
2370 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
2371 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
2372 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
2373
2374 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
2375 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
2376 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
2377 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
2378 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
2379 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
2380 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
2381 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 2382 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
2383 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
2384 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
2385 by PID 1.
2386
50f48ad3
DM
2387 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
2388 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
2389 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
2390 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
2391 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
2392 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
2393 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
2394 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
2395
2396 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
2397
d5f8b295 2398 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 2399 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
2400 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
2401
8968aea0
MP
2402 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
2403 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
2404 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
2405 recent kernels.
2406
2407 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
2408 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
2409
8968aea0 2410 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
2411 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
2412 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
2413 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
2414 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
2415 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
2416 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
2417 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
2418 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
2419 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 2420 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
2421 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
2422 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
2423
2424 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
2425 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
2426 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
2427 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
2428
2429 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
2430
2431 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
2432 sockets.
2433
2434 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
2435
2436 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
2437 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
2438 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
2439 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
2440 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
2441 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
2442
2443 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
2444 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
2445 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
2446
2447 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
2448 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
2449 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
2450 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
2451
2452 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 2453
dd95b381
LP
2454 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
2455 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
2456 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
2457 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
2458 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
2459 maintain compatibility.
2460
3545ab35
LP
2461 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
2462 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
2463 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
2464 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
2465 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
2466 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
2467 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
2468 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
2469 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
2470 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
2471 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
2472 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2473 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
2474 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
2475 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
2476 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
2477 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2478 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
2479 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2480
ccddd104 2481 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 2482
a11c7ea5
LP
2483CHANGES WITH 228:
2484
a11c7ea5
LP
2485 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
2486 files are now also available as properties to set when
2487 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
2488 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
2489 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
2490 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
2491 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
2492 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
2493 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
2494
28c85daf
LP
2495 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
2496 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
2497 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 2498
f1f8a5a5
LP
2499 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
2500 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
2501 created transiently.
2502
a11c7ea5
LP
2503 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
2504 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
2505 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
2506 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
2507 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 2508 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
2509 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
2510 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
2511
28c85daf
LP
2512 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
2513 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
2514 disk and sync the files, before returning.
2515
a11c7ea5
LP
2516 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
2517 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
2518 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
2519 enabled.
2520
f1f8a5a5
LP
2521 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
2522 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
2523 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
2524 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
2525 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
2526 subvolumes.
2527
a11c7ea5
LP
2528 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
2529 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
2530
28c85daf 2531 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
2532 individual indexes.
2533
28c85daf
LP
2534 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
2535 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
2536 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
2537 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
2538 suffixes now.
2539
f1f8a5a5
LP
2540 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
2541 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
2542 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
2543 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
2544 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
2545 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
2546 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
2547 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
2548 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
2549 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
2550 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
2551 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
2552 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
2553 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
2554 number of processes or tasks each user may own
2555 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
2556 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
2557 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
2558 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
2559 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
2560 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
2561
28c85daf
LP
2562 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
2563 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
2564 links between the host and the container.
2565
2566 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
2567 added that allows importing select environment variables
2568 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
2569 the service.
2570
ddb4b0d3 2571 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 2572 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
2573 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
2574 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
2575 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
2576 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
2577 than until they first elapse.
2578
a11c7ea5 2579 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
2580 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
2581 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
2582 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
2583 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
2584 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
2585 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
2586 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
2587
28c85daf
LP
2588 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
2589 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
2590 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
2591 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
2592 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
2593 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
2594 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 2595 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
2596 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
2597 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 2598
28c85daf
LP
2599 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
2600 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
2601 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 2602 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
2603 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
2604 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
2605 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
2606 software you package still references it, as this is a
2607 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
2608 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
2609
2610 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 2611
d5bd92bb
LP
2612 Note that only util-linux versions built with
2613 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
2614
a11c7ea5
LP
2615 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
2616 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
2617 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
2618
b9e2f7eb
LP
2619 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
2620 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
2621 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
2622 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
2623 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
2624 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
2625 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
2626 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
2627 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
2628 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
2629 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
2630 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
2631 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
2632 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
2633 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
2634 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
2635
2636 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
2637 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
2638 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
2639 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
2640 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
2641 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
2642 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
2643 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2644 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2645 surprises.
2646
28c85daf
LP
2647 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2648 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2649 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2650 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2651 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2652 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2653 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2654 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
2655 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
2656 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
2657 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 2658 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
2659 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
2660 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
2661 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
2662 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
2663 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
2664 of PID 1 is the root user).
2665
2666 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2667 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2668 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
2669 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2670 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2671 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2672 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2673 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2674 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2675 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2676 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2677 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2678 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2679 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2680 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 2681
ccddd104 2682 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 2683
c97e586d
DM
2684CHANGES WITH 227:
2685
2686 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2687 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2688 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2689
2690 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2691 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2692 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2693 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2694 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2695 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2696
d046fb93
LP
2697 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2698 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
2699 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2700 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 2701 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
2702
2703 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
2704 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2705 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2706 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2707 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2708 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
2709
2710 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 2711 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
2712 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2713 automatically.
2714
21d86c61
DM
2715 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2716 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2717 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2718
2719 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2720 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2721 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2722 for disk IO.
2723
2724 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2725 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2726 removed.
2727
d046fb93
LP
2728 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2729 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2730 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2731 configured in User=.
21d86c61 2732
fe08a30b
LP
2733 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2734 directory of the selected user by default.
2735
21d86c61 2736 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
2737 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2738 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2739 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2740 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2741 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2742 compat reasons.
21d86c61 2743
fe08a30b 2744 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 2745 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
2746 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2747 units.
2748
2749 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2750 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2751 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2752 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2753 level.
2754
2755 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2756 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2757 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2758 namespaces work correctly.
2759
2760 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2761 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2762 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 2763 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
2764 activation.
2765
2766 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2767 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2768 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2769 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2770 system instance in a container.
2771
2772 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2773 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2774 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2775 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2776 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2777 connections.
2778
2779 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2780 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2781
2782 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2783 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2784 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2785 processes attached, or similar.
2786
bdba9227
DM
2787 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2788 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2789 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2790
2791 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2792 specifiers like %i or %f.
2793
ce830873 2794 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
2795 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2796 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2797 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2798
bdba9227
DM
2799 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2800 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 2801 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
2802 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2803 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2804 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 2805
d046fb93
LP
2806 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2807
0053598f 2808 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 2809 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
2810
2811 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2812 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2813
2814 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 2815 .network files.
fe08a30b 2816
bdba9227
DM
2817 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2818 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2819 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2820 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2821 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2822 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2823 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2824 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2825 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2826 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2827 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2828 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2829 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2830 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2831 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
2832
2833 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2834 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2835 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2836 next to the image file.
c97e586d 2837
91d0d699
LP
2838 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2839 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2840 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2841 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2842
2843 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2844 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2845 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2846 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2847 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2848 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2849
d046fb93
LP
2850 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2851 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2852 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2853 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 2854 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
2855 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2856 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2857 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2858 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2859 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2860 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 2861
bdba9227
DM
2862 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2863 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 2864
efce0ffe 2865 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 2866
61e6771c
LP
2867 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2868 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2869 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2870 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2871 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2872 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2873 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2874 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2875 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2876 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2877 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2878 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2879 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2880 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2881 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2882 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2883 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2884 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2885
ccddd104 2886 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 2887
c9912c5e
DH
2888CHANGES WITH 226:
2889
5e8d4254
LP
2890 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2891 new features:
2892
2893 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2894 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2895 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2896 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2897 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2898 is any) is propagated.
2899
2900 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2901 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2902 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2903 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2904 information is enabled between host and containers by
2905 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2906 to what the host has set.
2907
2908 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2909 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2910
2911 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2912 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2913 information back, even if the server loses state.
2914
2915 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2916 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2917 PoolSize=.
2918
2919 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2920 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2921 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2922 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2923
2924 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2925 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2926 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2927 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2928 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2929
2930 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2931 for virtio devices.
2932
2933 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2934 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2935 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2936 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2937 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2938 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2939 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2940 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 2941 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
2942 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2943 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2944 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2945 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2946 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2947 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2948 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2949 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2950 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2951 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2952 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2953 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2954 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2955 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2956 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2957 grants them.
2958
2959 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2960 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2961 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2962 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2963 group tree.
2964
2965 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2966 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2967 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2968 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2969 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2970 work correctly in containers now.
2971
2972 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2973 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2974
c626bf1d
DM
2975 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2976 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
2977 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2978 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2979 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2980
2981 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2982 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2983 signal events.
2984
2985 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2986 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2987 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2988 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2989 on these parameters.
c9912c5e 2990
47f5a38c
LP
2991 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2992 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2993 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2994 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2995 nspawn command line.
2996
2f77decc
LP
2997 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2998 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2999 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3000 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3001 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3002 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3003 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 3004 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 3005
ccddd104 3006 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 3007
ec5249a2
DM
3008CHANGES WITH 225:
3009
5e8d4254
LP
3010 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3011 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3012 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3013 shell directly without prompting for username or
3014 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3015 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
3016 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
3017 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
3018 the originating session.
3019
3020 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
3021 options and allows other programs to query the values.
3022
3023 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
3024 longer enforced with this release. The previous
3025 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
3026 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
3027 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
3028 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
3029 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
3030 this release.
3031
3032 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
3033 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
3034 messages.
3035
3036 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
3037 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
3038 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
3039
3040 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
3041 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
3042
3043 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
3044 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
3045 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
3046 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
3047 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
3048 posteriori.
3049
3050 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
3051 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
3052
3053 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
3054 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
3055 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
3056 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
3057 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
3058 "lastlog" tools.
3059
3060 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
3061 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
3062 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
3063 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
3064 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
3065
3066 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
3067 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
3068 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
3069 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3070 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
3071 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
3072 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
3073 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
3074 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
3075 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
3076 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
3077 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 3078
ccddd104 3079 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 3080
11811e85
DH
3081CHANGES WITH 224:
3082
10fa421c
DH
3083 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
3084 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
3085
5e8d4254
LP
3086 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
3087 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
3088 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 3089
11811e85
DH
3090 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
3091 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3092 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
3093
ccddd104 3094 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 3095
e57eaef8
DH
3096CHANGES WITH 223:
3097
3098 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
3099 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
3100 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
3101 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3102
01608bc8 3103 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
3104 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
3105
3106 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
3107 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
3108
931618d0
DM
3109 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
3110
3111 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 3112 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
3113 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
3114
3115 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
3116 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
3117 decapsulated packet.
3118
3119 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
3120 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
3121 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
3122 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
3123 netlink attribute.
3124
3125 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
3126 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
3127 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
3128 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
3129
3130 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
3131 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
3132 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 3133
f5f113f6
DH
3134 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
3135 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
3136
e57eaef8 3137 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 3138 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
3139 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
3140
3141 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
3142 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
3143 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
3144 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
3145 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
3146 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
3147
3148 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
3149 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3150 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
3151 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3152 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3153 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
3154 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
3155 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
3156 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
3157 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3158
ccddd104 3159 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 3160
0db83ad7 3161CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 3162
861b02eb
KS
3163 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
3164 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
3165 or should be used to work around such bugs.
3166
3167 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
3168 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
3169
3170 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
3171 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
3172 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
3173 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
3174 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
3175
5541c889
DH
3176 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
3177 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
3178 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
3179
9b361114
DM
3180 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
3181 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
3182 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
3183 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
3184 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
3185
3186 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3187
0db83ad7
DH
3188 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
3189 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
3190 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
3191 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
3192 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
3193 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
3194 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
3195 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
3196 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3197 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 3198
ccddd104 3199 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 3200
0f0467e6
MP
3201CHANGES WITH 221:
3202
470e72d4 3203 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 3204 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
3205 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
3206 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
3207 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
3208 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
3209 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 3210 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
3211 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
3212 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 3213 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 3214
470e72d4
LP
3215 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
3216 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
3217 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 3218 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
3219 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
3220 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
3221 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
3222 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 3223 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
3224 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
3225 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 3226
470e72d4
LP
3227 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
3228 2.26.
3229
3230 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 3231 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
3232 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
3233 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
3234 in README for details.
3235
3236 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
3237 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
3238 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
3239 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
3240 unit.
3241
3242 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
3243 into man pages.
3244
3245 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
3246 external project.
3247
3248 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 3249 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
3250
3251 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
3252 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
3253 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
3254 state.
3255
3256 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
3257 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
3258 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
3259
3260 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
3261 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
3262 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
3263 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
3264 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
3265 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
3266 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
3267 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
3268 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
3269 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3270 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
3271 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
3272 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
3273 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3274 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
3275 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 3276
ccddd104 3277 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 3278
481a0aa2
LP
3279CHANGES WITH 220:
3280
f7a73a25
DH
3281 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
3282 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
3283 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
3284 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
3285 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
3286 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
3287 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
56cadcb6 3288 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
f7a73a25 3289
481a0aa2
LP
3290 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
3291 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
3292 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
3293 service consumed). This value is only available if
3294 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
3295 in the "systemctl status" output.
3296
3297 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
3298 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 3299 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
3300 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
3301 previously was already the default behaviour).
3302
3303 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
3304 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
3305 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
3306
3307 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
3308 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 3309 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
3310 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
3311
3312 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
3313 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
3314 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
3315 journalling file systems that support external journal
3316 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
3317 systems to be mounted.
3318
3319 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
3320 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
3321 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
3322 stable release this should not be problematic.
3323
3324 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
3325 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
3326 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
3327 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
3328 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
3329
3330 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
3331 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
3332 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
3333 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
3334 network switches.
3335
3336 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
3337 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
3338
3339 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
3340 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
3341 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
3342
3343 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
3344
1579dd2c
LP
3345 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
3346 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
3347 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
3348 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
3349 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
3350 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
3351 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
3352 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
3353 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
3354 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
3355 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
3356 been fixed in v220.
3357
481a0aa2
LP
3358 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
3359 systemd-networkd.
3360
3361 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
3362 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 3363 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
3364 containers started from the command line.
3365
3366 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
3367 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
3368
3369 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
3370 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
3371 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
3372 indirection via a pseudo tty.
3373
3374 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
3375 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
3376 when shutting down.
3377
3378 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
3379 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
3380 overlayfs support.
3381
3382 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
3383 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
3384 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
3385 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
3386 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
3387 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
3388 images are imported via systemd-importd.
3389
3390 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
3391 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
3392 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
3393
3394 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
3395 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
3396 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
3397 of v1 as before).
3398
3399 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
3400 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
3401
3402 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
3403 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
3404 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
3405 their own sessions without further privileges or
3406 authorization.
3407
3408 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
3409 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
3410 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
3411 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
3412 accessible via a bus interface.
3413
3414 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
3415 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
3416 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
3417 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
3418 to cover this functionality.
3419
3420 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 3421 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
3422 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
3423 disabled/masked also stopped.
3424
3425 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
3426 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
3427 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
3428
3429 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
3430 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
3431 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
3432 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
3433 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 3434 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
3435 like this and can extract OS release information from them
3436 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
3437 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
3438
3439 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
3440 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
3441 system.
3442
3443 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
3444 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
3445 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
3446 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
3447 device symlinks.
3448
3449 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
3450 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
3451 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
3452 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
3453
3454 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
3455 stick devices has been added.
3456
3457 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
3458 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
3459
3460 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
3461 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
3462 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
3463 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
3464 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
3465
3466 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
3467 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
3468 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
3469
3470 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
3471 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
3472 Debian.
3473
3474 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
3475 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
3476 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
3477
3478 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
3479 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
3480 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
3481 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
3482 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
3483 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3484 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
3485 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3486 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
3487 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
3488 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3489 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
3490 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
3491 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
3492 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
3493 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
3494 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
3495 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3496 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
3497 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
3498 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
3499 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
3500 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
3501 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
3502 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
3503 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
3504 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3505
ccddd104 3506 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 3507
615aaf41
LP
3508CHANGES WITH 219:
3509
615aaf41
LP
3510 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
3511 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
3512 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
3513 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
3514 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
3515 interface with and update the database.
3516
3517 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
3518 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
3519 before bytewise copying is done.
3520
3521 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
3522 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
3523 directory, and immediately removed when the container
3524 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
3525 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
3526 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
3527 for starting a container off the root file system of the
3528 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
3529 available on btrfs file systems.
3530
3531 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
3532 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 3533 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
3534 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
3535 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
3536 systems.
3537
3538 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
3539 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
3540 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
3541 mount point remains.
3542
3543 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
3544 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
3545 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
3546 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
3547 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
3548 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
3549 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
3550 are disabled.
3551
3552 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
3553 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
3554 container to the host or vice versa.
3555
3556 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
3557 mount host directories into local containers. This is
3558 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
3559
3560 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
3561 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
3562
3563 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
3564 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
3565 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
3566 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
3567 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
3568 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
3569 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
3570 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
3571 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 3572 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
3573 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
3574 make the functionality of importd available to the
3575 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
3576 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
3577 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
3578 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
3579 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
3580 only fully supported on btrfs.
3581
3582 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
3583 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
3584 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
3585 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
3586 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
3587 information about images.
3588
3589 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
3590 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 3591 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
3592 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
3593 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
3594 legacy file systems).
3595
3596 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
3597 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
3598 shown in networkctl output.
3599
3600 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
3601 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
3602 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
3603 processes as system services while interactively
3604 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
3605 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
3606 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
3607 full login session, the difference being that the former
3608 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
3609 setup.
3610
3611 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
3612 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
3613 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
3614 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
3615 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
3616
3617 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
3618 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
3619 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
3620 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
3621 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
3622 via qemu/kvm.
3623
3624 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
3625 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
3626 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
3627 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
3628 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
3629 disk images, too.
3630
3631 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
3632 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
3633 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
3634 integrate with that.
3635
3636 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
3637 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
3638 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
3639 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
3640
3641 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
3642 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
3643 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3644
3645 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3646 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3647 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3648 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3649 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3650 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3651 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3652 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3653 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3654 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3655
3656 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3657 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
3658 files.
3659
3660 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 3661 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 3662 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 3663 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
3664 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
3665 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
3666 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3667 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3668 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3669 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3670 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3671 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3672 explicitly turned on.
3673
3674 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3675 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3676 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3677 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3678
3679 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3680 supported.
3681
3682 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3683 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3684 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3685 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3686 associated with a virtual machine or container
3687 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3688 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3689 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3690 output however.)
3691
3692 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3693 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3694 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3695 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3696 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3697 caller's session/user.
3698
3699 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3700 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3701 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3702 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3703 user services.
3704
3705 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3706 same way as unit files.
3707
3708 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3709 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3710 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3711 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3712 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3713 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3714 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3715 the host.
3716
3717 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3718 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3719 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3720 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3721 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3722 host.
3723
dd2fd155 3724 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
3725 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3726 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3727 updated to make use of it too by default.
3728
3729 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3730 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3731 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3732 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3733
3734 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3735 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3736 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3737 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3738 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3739 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3740 modification.
3741
3742 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3743 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3744 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 3745 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
3746 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3747 information about Touchpad types.
3748
3749 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3750 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3751
3752 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3753 Policy link field.
3754
3755 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3756 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3757
3758 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3759 ACLs on files.
3760
3761 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3762 tmpfs, automatically.
3763
3764 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3765 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3766 status" output, if available.
3767
3768 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3769 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3770 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3771 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3772 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3773 run on next reboot.
3774
3775 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3776 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3777 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3778 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3779 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3780 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3781 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3782
3783 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3784 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3785 after a configurable timeout.
3786
3787 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3788 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3789 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3790 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3791 it non-idle.
3792
3793 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3794 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3795
3796 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3797 each .network interface in networkd.
3798
3799 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3800 in .network files.
3801
3802 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3803 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3804
11ea2781 3805 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
3806 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3807 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3808 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3809 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3810 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3811 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3812 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3813 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3814 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3815 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3816 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3817 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3818 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3819 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
3820 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3821 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3822 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3823 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3824 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3825 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3826 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
3827 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3828 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 3829
ccddd104 3830 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 3831
d4f5a1f4
DH
3832CHANGES WITH 218:
3833
f9e00a9f
LP
3834 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3835 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3836 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 3837 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
3838
3839 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 3840 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
3841 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3842 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3843 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3844
3845 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3846
3847 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 3848 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
3849 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3850 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3851 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3852 modified configuration after editing.
3853
3854 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3855 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3856 system preset files.
3857
3858 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3859 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3860 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3861 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3862 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3863 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3864 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3865 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3866 other contexts.
3867
3868 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3869 inhibitors.
3870
122676c9 3871 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 3872 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
3873 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3874 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3875 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
3876
3877 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3878 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3879 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3880 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3881 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 3882 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
3883 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3884 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3885 parallel to journald.
3886
3887 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3888 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3889 available.
3890
3891 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3892 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 3893 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
3894 or are not older than the specified time.
3895
3896 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3897 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3898 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3899 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3900
3901 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3902 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3903 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3904 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3905 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3906 communication.
3907
3908 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3909 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3910 services.
3911
3912 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3913 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3914 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3915 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3916 the new "busctl tree" command.
3917
3918 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3919 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3920 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3921 friendly way.
3922
3923 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3924 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3925 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3926 race-ful way.
3927
3928 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3929 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 3930 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
3931 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3932 --link-journal=try-guest.
3933
3934 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3935 stable MAC addresses.
3936
3937 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3938 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3939 the respective unit shall use.
3940
d4f5a1f4
DH
3941 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3942 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3943 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3944 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3945
b938cb90 3946 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 3947 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 3948 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
3949 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3950 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3951 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3952
17c29493 3953 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
3954 details see:
3955
3956 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3957
3958 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3959 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
3960 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3961 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3962 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3963 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3964 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3965 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3966 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3967 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3968 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3969 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3970
f9e00a9f
LP
3971 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3972 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3973 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3974 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3975 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3976
3977 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3978 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3979 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3980 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3981 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3982 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3983 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3984 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3985
3986 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 3987 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
3988 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3989 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3990 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3991 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3992 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3993 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3994 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3995 interface.
3996
3997 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3998 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3999 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4000 luks.name= argument.
4001
4002 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4003 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4004 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4005 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4006 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4007 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4008
4009 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4010 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4011 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4012
13e92f39
LP
4013 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4014 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4015 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4016 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4017 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
4018 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
4019 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
4020 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4021 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
4022 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
4023 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
4024 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
4025 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
4026 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
4027 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
4028 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
4029 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
4030 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 4031
ccddd104 4032 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 4033
b62a309a
ZJS
4034CHANGES WITH 217:
4035
78b6b7ce
LP
4036 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
4037 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
4038 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
4039 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 4040
a65b8245
ZJS
4041 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
4042 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
4043 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
4044 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 4045
b62a309a
ZJS
4046 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
4047 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
4048 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
4049 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 4050 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 4051 connection.
b62a309a 4052
78b6b7ce
LP
4053 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
4054 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
4055
4056 * User units are now loaded also from
4057 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
4058 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
4059 supported, but is under the control of the user.
4060
4ffd29fd
LP
4061 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
4062 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
4063 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
4064 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
4065 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
4066 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
4067 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
4068 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
4069 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
4070 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
4071 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
4072 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
4073 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
4074 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
4075 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
4076 question.
4077
b62a309a
ZJS
4078 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
4079 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
4080 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
4081
4082 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
4083 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
4084 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 4085 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 4086
78b6b7ce
LP
4087 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
4088 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
4089 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 4090 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
4091
4092 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
4093 systemd-networkd.
4094
ba8df74b 4095 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 4096 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
4097 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
4098
4099 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
4100 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
4101
4102 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
4103 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
4104 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
4105
78b6b7ce 4106 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 4107
4bdc60cb 4108 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 4109 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 4110 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
4111 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
4112 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
4113 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 4114
c4ac9900 4115 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
4116 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
4117 respected.
4118
4119 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
4120 virtualization.
4121
4122 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 4123 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
4124 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
4125 on.
b62a309a 4126
e6c253e3
MS
4127 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
4128
4129 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
4130
ba8df74b
KS
4131 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
4132 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
4133 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
4134 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
4135 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
4136 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
4137 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
4138
4bdc60cb
LP
4139 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
4140 available for service units, that allows locking all service
4141 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
4142 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
4143 from the service's view entirely.
4144
4145 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
4146 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
4147
4148 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
4149 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
4150 session.
4151
4152 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
4153 legacy-free systems.
4154
78b6b7ce
LP
4155 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
4156 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
4157 easily.
4158
4159 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
4160 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
4161 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
4162 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
4163 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
4164 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
4165 option.
4166
4167 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 4168 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
4169 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
4170 /usr.
4171
f6d1de85 4172 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
4173 services, not only the main process.
4174
4175 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
4176 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
4177 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
4178 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
4179 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
4180
3769415e
TT
4181 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
4182 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
4183 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
4184 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
4185 directly from now on, again.
4186
fae9332b
LP
4187 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
4188 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
4189 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
4190 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
ba8df74b 4191 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
fae9332b
LP
4192 unit file enabling and disabling.
4193
cfa1571b
LP
4194 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
4195 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
4196 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
4197 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
4198 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
4199 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
4200 unnecessary or unlikely.
4201
7e63dd10
LP
4202 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
4203 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 4204 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
4205 "anually", "hourly", ...).
4206
d4474c41
TG
4207 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
4208 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
4209 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
4210 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
4211 overwritten at runtime.
4212
3b187c5c
LP
4213 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
4214 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
4215 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
4216 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
4217 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
4218 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
4219 segmentation fault.
4220
4b08dd87
LP
4221 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
4222 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
4223 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4224 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
4225 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
4226 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
4227 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
4228 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
4229 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
4230 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4231 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
4232 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
4233 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
4234 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
4235 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
4236 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
4237 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
4238 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
4239 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4240 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4241 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 4242 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 4243
ccddd104 4244 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 4245
b72ddf0f 4246CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
4247
4248 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 4249 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
4250 implementations should add a
4251
b72ddf0f 4252 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
4253
4254 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
4255 default functionality.
4256
4257 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
4258 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
4259 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
4260 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
4261 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
4262 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
4263 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
4264 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
4265 files might need to be owned by them. A new
4266 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
4267 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
4268 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
4269 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
4270
4271 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
5f02e26c 4272 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
b2ca0d63
LP
4273 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
4274 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
4275 expected to be added eventually, too.
4276
4277 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
4278 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
4279 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
4280 new command to update these fields.
4281
4282 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
4283 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
4284 have been discovered via DHCP.
4285
4286 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
4287 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
4288 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
4289 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
4290 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
4291 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
4292 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
4293 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 4294 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
4295 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
4296 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
4297 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 4298 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
4299 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
4300 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
4301 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
4302 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
4303 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
4304 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
4305 implementation to systemd-resolved.
4306
4307 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
4308 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
4309 containers to their respective IP addresses.
4310
4311 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
4312 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
4313 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 4314 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
4315 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
4316 control utility for networkd.
4317
4318 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
4319 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 4320 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
4321 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
4322 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
4323 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
4324 (NoDelay=).
4325
a1a4a25e 4326 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
4327 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
4328
4329 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
46ae28d8 4330 be started only after time-sync.target has been
b2ca0d63
LP
4331 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
4332 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
4333 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
4334 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
4335
4336 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
4337 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
4338 of the link.
4339
4340 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
4341 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
4342
4343 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
4344 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
4345
4346 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
4347 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
4348 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
4349 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
4350
4351 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
4352 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
4353 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
4354 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
4355 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
4356 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
4357 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
4358 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
4359
4360 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
4361 validation of unit files.
4362
4363 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
4364 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
4365 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
4366 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
4367 address may now be configured.
4368
26568403
TG
4369 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
4370 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
4371 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
4372 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
4373
4374 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
4375 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
4376
4377 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
4378 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
4379 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
4380 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
4381
b2ca0d63
LP
4382 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
4383 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
4384 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
4385 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
4386 implementation.
4387
4388 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
4389 journal data to a remote system running
4390 systemd-journal-remote.
4391
4392 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
4393 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
4394 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
4395 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
4396 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 4397 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
4398 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
4399 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
4400 version, you have to turn this option on again
4401 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
4402
4403 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
4404 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
4405 better than XZ which was the previous default.
4406
4407 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
4408 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
4409
4410 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
4411 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
4412
4413 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
4414 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
4415 "systemctl status" output for a service.
4416
4417 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
4418 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 4419 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
4420 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
4421 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
4422
01da80b1
LP
4423 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
4424
4425 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
4426
4427 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
4428 when primary addresses are removed.
4429
b2ca0d63
LP
4430 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
4431 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
4432 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
4433 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
4434 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
4435 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
4436 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4437 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
4438 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
4439 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
4440 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
4441 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
4442 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
4443 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
4444 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4445
ccddd104 4446 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 4447
3dff3e00 4448CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
4449
4450 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
4451 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
4452 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
4453 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
4454 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
4455 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
4456 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
4457 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
4458 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
4459 require.
4460
4461 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
4462 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
4463
4464 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
4465 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
4466 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
4467 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
4468 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
4469 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
4470 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
4471
4472 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
4473 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
4474 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
4475 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
4476 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
4477 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
4478 update or reset should use this condition and order
4479 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
4480 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
4481 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
4482 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
4483 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
4484 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
4485 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 4486 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
4487 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
4488
4489 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
4490
4491 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
4492 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
4493 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
4494 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
4495
24a2bf4c
LP
4496 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
4497 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
4498 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
4499 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
4500 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
4501 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
4502 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
4503 .network files using settings of this section should be
4504 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
4505 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 4506
c7435cc9
LP
4507 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
4508 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
4509
4510 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
4511 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
4512 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
4513 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
4514 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
4515 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
4516 of nspawn instances.
4517
4518 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
4519 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
4520 added.
4521
4522 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
4523 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
4524 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
4525 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
4526 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
4527 configuration stored in /etc.
4528
4529 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
4530 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
4531 parsing of unknown mount options.
4532
4533 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
4534 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
4535 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 4536 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
4537 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
4538 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
4539 pre-existing files of different types.
4540
4541 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
4542 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 4543 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
4544 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
4545 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
4546 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
4547 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
4548
4549 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
4550 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
4551 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
4552 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
4553 shall be executed.
4554
4555 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
4556 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 4557 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
4558
4559 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
4560 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
4561 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
4562 reset.
4563
4564 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
4565 most basic services systemd ships by default.
4566
4567 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
4568 field for defining the default instance to create if a
4569 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
4570
4571 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
4572 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
4573 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
4574
4575 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
4576 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
4577 access to this group.
4578
4579 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
4580 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
4581 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
4582 to the journal.
4583
4584 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
4585 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
4586 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
4587 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
4588 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
4589 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
4590
4591 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
4592 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
4593 that makes sure to only show information about the most
4594 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
4595 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
4596 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
4597 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
4598 the old name to the new name.
4599
4600 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 4601 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
4602 coredumpctl without restrictions.
4603
4604 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
4605 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
4606 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
4607 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
4608 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
4609 "systemd-debug-generator".
4610
4611 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
4612 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
4613 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
4614 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
4615 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
4616 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
4617 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
4618 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
4619 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
4620 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
4621 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
4622
4623 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
4624 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
4625 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
4626 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
4627 been added to query many of these paths for the local
4628 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
4629
4630 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
4631 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
4632 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
4633 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
4634 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
4635
4636 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
4637 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
4638 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
4639 couple of drop-in directories.
4640
3058e017
TLSC
4641 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
4642 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
4643 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4644 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4645 for dev_port.
4646
c7435cc9
LP
4647 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4648 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4649 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4650 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4651
4652 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4653 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4654 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4655 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4656 Restart= setting.
4657
4658 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
4659 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
4660 directly connect to a specific container on the
4661 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
4662 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
4663 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
4664 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
4665 containers is a privileged operation.
4666
4667 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4668 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4669 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4670 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4671 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4672 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4673 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4674 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4675 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4676 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4677 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4678 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4679
ccddd104 4680 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 4681
4196a3ea
KS
4682CHANGES WITH 214:
4683
4684 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4685 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4686 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4687 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4688 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4689 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4690 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4691 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4692 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 4693 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 4694 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 4695 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 4696 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
4697 devices are excluded from this logic.
4698
04e91da2
LP
4699 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4700 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4701 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4702 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4703 change has been released.
4704
4705 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 4706 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
4707 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4708
ce830873 4709 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
4710 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4711 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 4712 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
4713
4714 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4715 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4716 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4717 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4718
a8eaaee7 4719 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
4720 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4721
a8eaaee7 4722 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
4723 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4724
4725 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 4726 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
4727 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4728
4729 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4730 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 4731 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
4732 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4733 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 4734 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 4735
cd14eda3 4736 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
4737 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4738 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 4739
ef392da6 4740 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 4741 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
4742 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4743 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4744 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4745 modifications of user data or system files from
4746 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4747 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4748
4749 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4750 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4751 and FIFOs in the file system.
4752
8d0e0ddd 4753 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
4754 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4755 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4756
4757 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4758 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 4759 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 4760 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
4761 the socket itself.
4762
4763 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4764 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4765 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4766 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4767 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4768 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4769 symlinks, and nothing else.
4770
4771 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4772 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4773 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4774 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4775 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4776 process (for example, the parent process). The
4777 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4778 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4779 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4780 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4781 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4782 messages to services when the originating process already
4783 vanished.
4784
4785 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 4786 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
4787 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4788 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4789 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4790 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4791 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4792 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4793 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4794 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4795 all long-running services.
4796
4797 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4798 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4799 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4800 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4801 service.
4802
4803 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4804 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4805 applied to all submounts, too.
4806
4807 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4808
4809 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4810 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4811 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4812 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4813 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4814 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4815 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4816
cc98b302 4817 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
4818 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4819 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 4820 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
4821 (domU) domains.
4822
4823 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4824 files or entire directories.
4825
4826 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
4827 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4828 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4829 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
4830 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4831
4832 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4833 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4834 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4835 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
4836 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4837 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 4838 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 4839 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
4840 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4841 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4842 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4843 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4844
4845 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4846 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4847 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4848 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4849
4850 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4851 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 4852 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 4853 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
4854 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4855 non-directories.
4856
4857 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4858 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4859 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4860
4c0d13bd
LP
4861 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4862 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4863 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4864 this group.
4865
dc1d6c02
LP
4866 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4867 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4868 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4869 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4870 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4871 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4872 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4873
ccddd104 4874 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 4875
6936cd89
LP
4876CHANGES WITH 213:
4877
4878 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 4879 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 4880 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 4881 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 4882 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
4883 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4884 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 4885 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 4886 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
4887 client should be more than appropriate for most
4888 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4889 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4890 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4891 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4892 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 4893 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 4894 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 4895 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 4896 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 4897 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 4898 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 4899
69beda1f
KS
4900 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4901 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
4902 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4903 part of a different namespace.
4904
4905 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4906 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
4907 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4908 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
4909
4910 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4911 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 4912 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
4913
4914 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4915 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 4916 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 4917 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
4918 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4919 restart the service in question.
4920
4921 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
4922 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4923 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4924 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4925 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
4926
4927 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4928 graphs it generates.
4929
4930 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4931 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4932 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4933 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4934 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4935
4936 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4937
4938 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4939 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4940 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4941 what it was on SysV systems.
4942
4943 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4944 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4945
4946 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4947 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4948 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4949 files.
4950
4951 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4952 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4953 to show these addresses in its output.
4954
4955 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4956 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4957 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4958 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4959 preferred over a text one.
4960
4961 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4962 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4963 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4964 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4965 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4966 mDNS cache.
4967
68dd0956
TG
4968 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4969 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4970 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4971 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4972 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4973
6936cd89 4974 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 4975 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 4976 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 4977 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
4978 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4979
8e7acf67
LP
4980 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4981 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4982 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 4983 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
4984 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4985 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4986 overrides any other settings.
4987
4988 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
4989 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4990 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4991 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4992 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4993 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4994 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4995 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4996 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
4997 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4998 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4999 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5000 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5001 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5002 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5003 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
5004 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5005
ccddd104 5006 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 5007
51c61cda
LP
5008CHANGES WITH 212:
5009
5010 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5011 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5012 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5013 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5014 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5015 by accident.
5016
5017 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
5018 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
5019 registered with machined.
5020
5021 * sd-login gained new calls
5022 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
5023 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 5024 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
5025 counterparts.
5026
5027 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
5028 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
5029 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
5030 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
5031 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
5032 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
5033 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
5034 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
5035 once.
5036
5037 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
5038 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
5039 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
5040
5041 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
5042 units on all local containers, when used with the
5043 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
5044 executed when no parameters are specified).
5045
5046 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
5047 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
5048 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
5049 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
5050
5051 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 5052 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
5053 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
5054 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
5055 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
5056 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
5057
5058 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
5059 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
5060 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
5061 of the container.
5062
5063 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
5064 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
5065 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
5066 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
5067 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
5068 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
5069 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
5070 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
5071
5072 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
5073 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
5074 instead of /.
5075
5076 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
5077 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
5078 emergency messages now.
5079
5080 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
5081 journal log messages across the network.
5082
5083 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
5084 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
5085 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
5086 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
5087 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
5088 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
5089 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
5090
5091 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
5092 down a local OS container.
5093
5094 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
5095 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
5096 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
5097
5098 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
5099 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
5100 this is appropriate.
5101
5102 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 5103 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
5104 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
5105
5106 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
5107 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
5108 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
5109 for debugging purposes.
5110
5111 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
5112 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
5113 in seconds.
5114
5115 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
5116 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
5117 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
5118 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
5119 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
5120 like on traditional inetd.
5121
5122 * A new system.conf configuration option
5123 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
5124 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
5125
b8bde116 5126 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
5127 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
5128 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
5129 do these days).
5130
b8bde116 5131 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
5132 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
5133 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
5134 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
5135 could not take place because the system was powered off.
5136 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
5137
5138 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
5139 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
5140 it will be triggered.
5141
5142 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
5143 addresses to its local interfaces.
5144
5145 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
5146 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
5147 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
5148 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
5149 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
5150 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
5151 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
5152 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
5153 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5154
ccddd104 5155 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 5156
699b6b34
LP
5157CHANGES WITH 211:
5158
5159 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
5160 added to restrict which socket address families unit
5161 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
5162 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
5163 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
5164 is built on seccomp system call filters.
5165
5166 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
5167 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
5168 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
5169 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
5170 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
5171 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
5172 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
5173 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 5174 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
5175
5176 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
5177 matching against device group names.
5178
5179 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
5180 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
5181 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
5182 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 5183 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
5184 though.
5185
5186 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
5187 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
5188 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 5189 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34 5190 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
56cadcb6 5191 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
699b6b34
LP
5192 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
5193 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 5194 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
5195
5196 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
5197 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
5198 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
5199 (see above). This means that installations made with
5200 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
5201 deployed using container managers, completely
5202 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
5203 this feature soon, too.)
5204
5205 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
5206 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 5207 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
5208 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
5209
5210 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
5211 using IPv4LL.
5212
5213 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
5214 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
5215 systemd-networkd.
5216
5217 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
5218 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
5219 still not a public API though (unless you specify
5220 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
5221 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
5222
5223 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
5224 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
5225 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 5226 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
5227 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
5228 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
5229 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
5230 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
5231 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
5232 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
5233 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 5234 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
5235 users.
5236
5237 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
5238 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
5239 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
5240 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
5241 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
5242 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
5243 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
5244 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
5245 due to a closed lid.
5246
5247 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
5248 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
5249 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
5250 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 5251 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
5252 order to then act as suspend blocker.
5253
5254 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
5255 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
5256 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
5257 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
5258 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
5259
5260 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
5261 now also work in --scope mode.
5262
5263 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
5264 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
5265 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
5266 promises are made.)
5267
5268 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
5269 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5270 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
5271 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5272 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
5273 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
5274 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
5275 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
5276 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
5277 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5278
ccddd104 5279 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 5280
43c71255
LP
5281CHANGES WITH 210:
5282
5283 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
5284 according to SMACK rules.
5285
67dd87c5 5286 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
5287 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
5288
5289 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
5290 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
5291 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
5292
5293 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
5294 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
5295 and machine ID.
5296
ed28905e 5297 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 5298 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 5299 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
5300 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
5301 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 5302 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 5303 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 5304 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
5305 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
5306 backpack or similar.
5307
5308 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
5309 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 5310 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 5311 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
5312 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
5313 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
5314 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
5315 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
5316 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
5317 this on its own.
5318
5319 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
5320 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
5321 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
5322 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
5323
5324 * We will now ship a default .network file for
5325 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
5326 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
5327 --network-bridge= switches.
5328
5329 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
5330 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
5331 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
5332 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
5333 metrics, according to what is customary according to
5334 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
5335 each configuration option.
5336
5337 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 5338 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 5339 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 5340 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
5341 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
5342
5343 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
5344 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
5345 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
5346 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
5347 triggered by other work being done in the program.
5348
5349 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
5350 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
5351 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
5352 default however.
5353
b8bde116 5354 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
5355 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
5356 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 5357 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
5358 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
5359 them with systemd-networkd.
5360
d27893ef
LP
5361 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
5362 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
5363 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 5364 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
5365 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
5366 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 5367 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
5368 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
5369 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 5370 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 5371 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
5372 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
5373 during a transitional period!
5374
13b28d82 5375 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
5376 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
5377 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
5378 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
5379 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5380 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5381 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5382 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5383
ccddd104 5384 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 5385
e49b5aad
LP
5386CHANGES WITH 209:
5387
5388 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
5389 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
5390 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
5391 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 5392 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
5393 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
5394 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 5395 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 5396 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 5397 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
5398 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
5399 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
5400
5401 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 5402 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
5403 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
5404 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 5405 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
5406
5407 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
5408 shutdown/boot.
5409
8b7d0494
JSJ
5410 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
5411 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
5412
5413 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
5414 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 5415 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
5416 prepared for additional security frameworks.
5417
5418 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
5419 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 5420 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 5421 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 5422 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
5423 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
5424
dfb08b05
ZJS
5425 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
5426 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
5427 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 5428 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
5429 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
5430 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
5431 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
5432 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 5433 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 5434
e49b5aad 5435 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 5436 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
5437
5438 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
5439 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
5440 implementation.
5441
5442 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 5443 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
5444 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
5445 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
5446 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
5447 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
5448 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
5449 and .service units.
5450
5451 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
5452 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
5453 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
5454
8b7d0494 5455 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 5456 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 5457 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
5458 nothing makes use of it.
5459
5460 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
5461 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
5462 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
5463
5464 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
5465 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
5466 compatibility purposes.
5467
5468 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
5469 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
5470 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 5471 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
5472 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
5473 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
5474 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
5475 process handling.
5476
5477 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
5478 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
5479 style to "sd-bus.h".
5480
7e95eda5
PF
5481 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
5482 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
5483 "systemd-networkd".
5484
4c2413bf 5485 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
5486 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
5487 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
5488 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
5489 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
5490
5491 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
5492 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
5493 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
5494 PID1's support for that anymore.
5495
8b7d0494 5496 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
5497 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
5498
5499 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
5500 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
5501 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
5502 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
5503 container that is registered with machined, such as those
5504 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
5505
5506 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 5507 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
5508 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
5509 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
5510
5511 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
5512 login in any local container. This works with any container
5513 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 5514 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
5515
5516 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
5517 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
5518 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
5519 system of some kind.
5520
5521 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
5522 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
5523 next.
5524
5525 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
5526 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
5527 reboot() system call.
5528
5529 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
5530 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 5531 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
5532 still available but not advertised anymore.
5533
e49b5aad
LP
5534 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
5535 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 5536 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
5537 within each Unit.
5538
270f1624
LP
5539 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
5540 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 5541 the kernel).
e49b5aad 5542
4670e9d5 5543 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
5544 timestamps (following the setting in
5545 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
5546
5547 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
5548 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
5549
5550 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
5551 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
5552
5553 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
5554 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
5555 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
5556
5557 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
5558 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
5559 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
5560 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
5561
5562 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
5563 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
5564 those commands which take multiple unit names.
5565
5566 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
5567
5568 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
5569 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
5570
4c2413bf 5571 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
5572 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
5573 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
5574 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
5575
5576 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
5577 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
5578 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
5579 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
5580
e49b5aad
LP
5581 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
5582 of the legend text.
5583
5584 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
5585 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
5586 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
5587 remote sessions.
5588
8e420494
LP
5589 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
5590 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
5591
5592 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
5593 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
5594 the system manager.
5595
1e190502 5596 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
5597 short description of the connection parameters in the
5598 description.
5599
4c2413bf 5600 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 5601 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 5602 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
5603 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
5604 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
5605 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
5606 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 5607
c0c5af00 5608 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 5609 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 5610 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
5611 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
5612 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
5613 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 5614 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 5615 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
5616 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
5617
6300b3ec
LP
5618 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
5619 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
5620 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
5621 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
5622 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
5623 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 5624 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 5625 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
5626 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
5627 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
5628 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
5629 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
5630 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
5631 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
5632 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
5633 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
5634 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
5635 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
5636 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 5637 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 5638 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
5639 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
5640 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
5641
8b7d0494 5642 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 5643 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
5644 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5645 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5646 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 5647 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
5648 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5649 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 5650 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 5651 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
5652 APIs.
5653
5654 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 5655 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 5656 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
5657 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
5658 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
5659 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 5660
81c7dd89 5661 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 5662 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 5663 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 5664 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 5665 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
5666 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5667 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5668 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5669 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5670 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5671 one of them is updated.
5672
e49b5aad 5673 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 5674 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
5675 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5676 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5677 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5678
5679 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5680 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5681 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 5682 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 5683 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
5684 entry points.
5685
5686 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5687 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5688 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5689 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 5690 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
5691
5692 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 5693 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
5694 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5695 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5696
1e190502
ZJS
5697 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5698 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5699 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 5700
000b1ba5 5701 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
1e190502
ZJS
5702 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5703 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
5704
5705 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5706 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 5707 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
5708
5709 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5710 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
5711
5712 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 5713 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 5714 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 5715 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
5716 all remaining processes of the service.
5717
4c2413bf
JE
5718 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5719 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
5720 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5721 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5722 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 5723 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
5724 manager process which created them takes no further
5725 responsibilities for it.
5726
1e190502 5727 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
5728 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5729 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5730 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5731 marked executable or world-writable.
5732
5733 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 5734 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
5735 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5736 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
5737
5738 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5739 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 5740 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 5741 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
5742
5743 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5744 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 5745 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
5746 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5747
5748 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5749 with specific SELinux labels set.
5750
5751 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5752 any additional output but the container's own console
5753 output.
5754
5755 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5756 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5757
5758 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 5759 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 5760 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
5761 OS images, but only specific apps.
5762
5763 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 5764 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 5765 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 5766 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
5767
5768 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5769 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 5770 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
5771 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5772 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5773 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 5774
6afc95b7
LP
5775 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5776 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 5777 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
5778 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5779 units to use.
6afc95b7 5780
e49b5aad
LP
5781 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5782 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5783 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5784 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5785
5786 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5787 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5788 context for a service.
5789
5790 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5791 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
5792 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5793 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
5794 influence this logic.
5795
5796 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5797 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5798 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5799 other things.
5800
4c2413bf 5801 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 5802 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
5803 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5804 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
5805 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5806 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5807 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 5808 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 5809 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
5810 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5811
210054d7
KS
5812 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5813 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5814
e49b5aad
LP
5815 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5816 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5817 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5818 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5819 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5820 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5821 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5822 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5823 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5824 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5825 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5826 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5827 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5828 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5829 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5830 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5831 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5832 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5833 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5834 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5835 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5836 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5837 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5838 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5839
ccddd104 5840 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 5841
cd4010b3
LP
5842CHANGES WITH 208:
5843
5844 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5845 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5846 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5847 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5848 access input and drm devices which are normally
5849 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5850 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5851 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5852 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5853 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5854 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5855 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5856 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5857
5858 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 5859 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
5860 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5861
5862 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5863 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5864 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5865 kernel version number.
5866
5867 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5868 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 5869 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
5870
5871 * This release removes high-level support for the
5872 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5873 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5874 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 5875 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
5876
5877 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5878 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5879 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
5880 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5881 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
5882 cgroup system.
5883
5884 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5885 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5886 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5887 logs among other things.
5888
5889 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5890 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5891 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5892 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5893 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5894 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5895 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5896 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5897 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5898 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5899 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5900 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5901 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5902 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5903 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5904 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5905 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5906 not delayed until next reboot.
5907
5908 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5909 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5910 systemd generated files in one directory.
5911
5912 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5913 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5914 performance information if that's available to determine how
5915 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5916 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5917 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5918
5919 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5920 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5921 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5922 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5923 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5924 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5925 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5926
ccddd104 5927 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 5928
4f0be680
LP
5929CHANGES WITH 207:
5930
5931 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 5932 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
5933 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5934 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5935
5936 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5937 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5938 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5939 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5940 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5941
5942 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5943 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5944
5945 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5946 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5947 maximum number of tries.
5948
5949 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5950 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5951 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5952
5953 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5954 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5955
5956 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5957 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 5958 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 5959
f3a165b0
KS
5960 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5961 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
5962 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5963
5964 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5965 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 5966 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
5967 and type).
5968
f3a165b0 5969 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
5970 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5971
5972 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5973 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 5974 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
5975 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5976
5977 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5978 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5979 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5980 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5981 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5982 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5983 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5984 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5985
5986 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5987 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5988 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5989 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5990
387abf80
LP
5991 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5992 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5993 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5994 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5995 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5996 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5997 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 5998
4f0be680
LP
5999 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6000 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6001
6002 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6003 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6004 automatically after the process terminated.
6005
6006 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6007 certain paths from operation.
6008
6009 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
6010 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6011 is received.
4f0be680
LP
6012
6013 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6014 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
6015 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
6016 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
6017 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
6018 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
6019 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6020 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
6021 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6022 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
6023 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6024 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
6025 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6026
ccddd104 6027 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 6028
408f281b
LP
6029CHANGES WITH 206:
6030
6031 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
6032 concepts introduced with 205.
6033
6034 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
6035 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
6036 -r".
6037
6038 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
6039 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 6040 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
6041
6042 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
6043 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
6044 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
6045 the journal.
6046
6047 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
6048 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
6049 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
6050
6051 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
6052 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
6053 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
6054 browsing logs from that point on.
6055
6056 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
6057 of an FSS key.
6058
251cc819
LP
6059 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
6060 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
6061 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
6062 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
6063 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 6064 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
6065 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
6066 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
6067 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
6068 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
6069 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
6070 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
6071 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
6072 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
6073
6074 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
6075 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 6076 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 6077 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
6078
6079 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
6080 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
6081
6082 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
6083 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
6084
251cc819
LP
6085 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
6086 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
6087
6088 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
6089
6090 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
6091 support for passing performance data via environment
6092 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
6093 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
6094 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
6095 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
6096 deserialize it again.
6097
28f5c779
KS
6098 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
6099 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
6100 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
6101 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 6102
251cc819
LP
6103 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
6104 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
6105 completely silent shutdown when used.
6106
6107 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
6108 option in .socket units.
6109
6110 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
6111 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
6112 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
6113 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
6114 system.slice as before.
6115
6116 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
6117
6118 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
6119 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
6120 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6121 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
6122 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
6123 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
6124 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6125
ccddd104 6126 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 6127
00aa832b
LP
6128CHANGES WITH 205:
6129
6130 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
6131
6132 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 6133 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
6134 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
6135 possible for system services and applications to group their
6136 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
6137 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
6138 together, or apply resource limits on them.
6139
6140 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 6141 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
6142 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
6143 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
6144 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
6145
6146 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
6147 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
6148 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
6149 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
6150
6151 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
6152 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
6153 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
6154 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
6155 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
6156 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
6157 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
6158 and useful as a general batch manager.
6159
6160 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
6161 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
6162 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
6163 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
6164 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
6165 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
6166 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
6167 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
6168 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
6169 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
6170
6171 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
6172 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
6173 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
6174 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
6175 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
6176 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
6177 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
6178 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
6179 is compile-time optional.
6180
6181 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
6182 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
6183 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
6184 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
6185 well as slice units.
6186
6187 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
6188 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
6189 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
6190 but will be extended later on to make more properties
6191 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
6192 command that wraps this call.
6193
6194 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
6195 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
6196 while configuring a number of settings via the command
6197 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
6198 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
6199 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
6200 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
6201
6202 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
6203 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
6204 off audit.
6205
6206 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
6207 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
6208
6209 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
6210 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
6211 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
6212 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
6213
6214 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
6215 snippets extending unit files.
6216
6217 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
6218 not available as public API.
6219
6220 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 6221 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
6222 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
6223
6224 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
6225 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
6226 controls what to boot into by default.
6227
1fda0ab5
ZJS
6228 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
6229 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
6230
00aa832b
LP
6231 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
6232 generators needed for execution, as well as information
6233 about the unit file loading.
6234
00aa832b
LP
6235 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
6236 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
6237 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
6238 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
6239 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
6240 racy due to journal file rotation.
6241
6242 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
6243 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
6244 all services.
6245
6246 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
6247 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
6248 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
6249 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
6250 system services want to log events about specific client
6251 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
6252 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
6253 unit is requested.
6254
6255 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
6256 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
6257 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
6258 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
6259 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
6260 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6261 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
6262 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
6263 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
6264 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
6265 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6266 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6267 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
6268
606c24e3
LP
6269CHANGES WITH 204:
6270
6271 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
6272 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
6273
6274 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
6275 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
6276 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
6277
6278 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
6279 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6280
2f3fcf85
LP
6281CHANGES WITH 203:
6282
6283 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
6284 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
6285
6286 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
6287 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
6288 fields, including the root directory.
6289
6290 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
6291 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 6292 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
6293 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
6294 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
6295 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
6296 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
6297 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
6298 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
6299 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
6300 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
6301
6302 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
6303 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
6304
6305 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
6306 have taken an inhibitor lock.
6307
6308 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
6309 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
6310 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
6311 the local hostname.
6312
6313 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
6314 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
6315 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
6316 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
6317 VMs/containers coming and going.
6318
6319 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
6320 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
6321 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
6322
6323 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
6324 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
6325 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
6326 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
6327
6328 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
6329 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
6330 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
6331
6332 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
6333 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
6334 services. With the container's root directory in
6335 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
6336 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
6337
6338 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
6339 the processes within a certain container.
6340
6341 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
6342 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
6343 check though. Patches welcome!
6344
6345 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
6346 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
6347 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
6348 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
6349 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
6350
6351 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
6352 the passed argument if applicable.
6353
6354 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6355 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6356 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
6357 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6358 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
6359 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
6360 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6361 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6362
ef3b5246
LP
6363CHANGES WITH 202:
6364
6365 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
6366 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
6367 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
6368 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
6369 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
6370 units activate.
6371
6372 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
6373 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
6374 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
6375 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
6376 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
6377 for now, and not installable.
6378
6379 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
6380 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
6381 can run in conjunction with udev.
6382
6383 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
6384 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
6385 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
6386 session manager.
6387
6388 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
6389 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
6390 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
6391 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
6392 services, user processes and containers/virtual
6393 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
6394 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 6395 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
6396 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
6397 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
6398 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
6399
6400 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
6401
6402 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
6403 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
6404 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
6405 logical expressions.
6406
6407 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
6408 switches.
6409
6410 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
6411 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 6412 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
6413 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
6414 the user.
6415
cbeabcfb
ZJS
6416 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
6417 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
6418 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
6419 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
6420 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
6421 an entry.
6422
ef3b5246
LP
6423 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
6424 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6425 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
6426 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6427 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
6428 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6429
d3a86981
LP
6430CHANGES WITH 201:
6431
6432 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
6433 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
6434 directory.
6435
6436 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
6437 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
6438 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
6439 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
6440 problem.
6441
6442 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
6443 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
6444 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
6445 before the key file is attempted to be read.
6446
6447 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
6448 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
6449
6450 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
6451 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
6452 files in this context are files such as
6453 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
6454
6455 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
6456 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
6457 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
6458 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
6459 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
6460 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
6461
6462 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
6463 hostnames.
6464
6465 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
6466 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
6467 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
6468 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
6469 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
6470 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
6471 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
6472 all time-related output of systemd.
6473
6474 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
6475 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
6476 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
6477 loops.
6478
6479 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
6480 (models, layouts, variants, options).
6481
6482 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
6483 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 6484 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
6485 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
6486 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
6487
6488 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
6489 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
6490 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
6491 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
6492 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
6493 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
6494 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
6495
9ca3c17f
LP
6496CHANGES WITH 200:
6497
6498 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
6499 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
6500 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
6501 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
6502 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
6503 middle ground between physical and access time order.
6504
6505 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
6506 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
6507 images.
6508
6509 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
6510 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
6511 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6512
35911459
LP
6513CHANGES WITH 199:
6514
6515 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
6516
6517 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
6518 security policy.
6519
6520 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6521 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
6522 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
6523 shared by all processes of a service (which means
6524 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
6525 the same service can still access). When a service is
6526 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 6527 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
6528 this though).
6529
6530 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
6531 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
6532 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
6533 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
6534 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
6535 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
6536
6537 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 6538 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
6539
6540 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
6541 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
6542
56cadcb6 6543 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
35911459 6544
c20d8298 6545 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
6546 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
6547 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
6548 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
6549 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
6550
6551 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
6552 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
6553 system is to be mounted.
6554
6555 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
6556 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
6557 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
6558 purpose for socket units.
6559
6a7d3d68
LP
6560 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
6561 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
6562
a87197f5
ZJS
6563 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
6564 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 6565 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 6566 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 6567 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 6568
35911459
LP
6569 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
6570 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
6571 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6572 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6573 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
6574 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
6575 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6576 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
6577 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6578
85d68397
LP
6579CHANGES WITH 198:
6580
6581 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
6582 files without having to edit/override the unit files
6583 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
6584 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
6585 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 6586 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
6587 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
6588 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
6589 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
6590 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
6591 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
6592 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
6593 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
6594 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
6595 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 6596 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
6597 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
6598 for them too.
6599
6600 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 6601 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
6602 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
6603 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
6604 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
6605 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
6606 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
6607 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
6608 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
6609
6610 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
6611 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
6612
40e21da8 6613 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
6614 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
6615 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
6616 other users.
6617
6618 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
6619 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
6620 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
6621 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
6622 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 6623 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
6624 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
6625 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 6626 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
6627 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
6628 supported.
6629
6630 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
6631 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
6632 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
6633
6634 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
6635 call.
6636
6aa8d43a
LP
6637 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
6638 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
6639 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
6640 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
6641 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
6642 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
6643 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6644 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6645 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6646 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6647 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6648 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6649 also been removed.
85d68397 6650
40e21da8 6651 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 6652 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
6653 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6654 objects themselves.
6655
6656 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6657
6658 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
6659 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 6660 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
6661 to how this is supported in shells.
6662
6663 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
6664 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
6665 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
6666 user systemd instance.
6667
6668 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6669 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6670 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6671 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6672 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6673 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6674 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6675 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6676 one day for good in the kernel.
6677
6678 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6679 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6680 container.
6681
40e21da8 6682 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 6683 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
6684 the host into the container.
6685
6686 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
6687 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6688 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6689 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6690 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6691 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397 6692
56cadcb6 6693 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
85d68397
LP
6694
6695 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6696 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
6697 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6698 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
6699
6700 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6701 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6702 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6703 system resume events.
6704
6705 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6706 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 6707 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 6708 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
6709
6710 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6711 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6712 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6713 card).
6714
6715 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6716 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6717 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6718
bf933560
KS
6719 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6720 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6721 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
6722
6723 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6724 now carry a message ID.
6725
6726 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6727 continues to be work in progress.
6728
6729 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6730 root directory to operate relative to.
6731
40e21da8
KS
6732 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6733 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
6734 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6735 times a little.
6736
6737 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6738 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6739 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6740 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6741 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6742 request boot into firmware operations.
6743
6744 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6745 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6746 correctly in initrds.
6747
6748 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6749 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6750
6751 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6752 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6753
6754 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6755 the status of all active or failed units.
6756
6757 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6758 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6759 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 6760 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
6761 requests more robust.
6762
6763 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6764 reading journal files.
6765
6766 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6767 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6768
56cadcb6 6769 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
85d68397
LP
6770
6771 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 6772 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
6773
6774 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6775 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6776 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6777 socket activation in daemons.
6778
6779 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6780 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6781
43447fb7
LP
6782 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6783 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6784 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6785
85d68397 6786 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 6787 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
6788 system units.
6789
6790 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6791 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6792 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6793
6794 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6795 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6796 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 6797 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
6798 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6799 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6800 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6801 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6802 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6803 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6804 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 6805 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
6806 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6807 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6808 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6809 package installation time.
6810
6811 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6812 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6813 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6814 installation time.
6815
6816 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6817 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6818
6819 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6820
40e21da8
KS
6821 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6822 available.
85d68397 6823
1aed4590
LP
6824 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6825 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6826
85d68397
LP
6827 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6828 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6829 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6830 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6831 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6832 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6833 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6834 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6835 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6836 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6837 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6838 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6839 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6840 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6841
8ad26859
LP
6842CHANGES WITH 197:
6843
6844 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6845 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6846 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6847 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6848 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6849 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6850 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6851 the supported calendar time specification language see
6852 systemd.time(7).
6853
6854 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6855 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6856 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6857 document for details:
6858
56cadcb6 6859 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8ad26859
LP
6860
6861 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
6862 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6863 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
6864 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6865 dependencies.
6866
6867 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6868 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6869 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6870 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6871 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6872 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6873 with a configure switch.
6874
6875 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6876 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6877 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6878 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6879 such as ext4.
6880
6881 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6882 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6883 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6884
6885 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6886 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6887
6888 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6889 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6890 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6891 using only core OS tools.
6892
6893 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6894 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6895 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6896 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6897 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6898 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6899 eventually.
6900
6901 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6902 presenting log data.
6903
6904 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 6905 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
6906
6907 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6908 system on idle.
6909
6910 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6911 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6912 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6913 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6914 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6915 information if possible.
6916
6917 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6918 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6919 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6920
6921 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6922 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6923 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6924 is running on battery power.
6925
6926 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6927 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6928 is in the "failed" state.
6929
6930 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6931 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6932 environment files at once.
6933
6934 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6935 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6936 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6937 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6938 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6939 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6940 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6941 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6942 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6943 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6944 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6945 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6946 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6947
6948 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6949 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6950
6951 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6952 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6953
6954 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6955 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6956 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6957 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
6958 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6959 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
6960 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6961 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6962 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6963 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6964 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6965 shipped from us upstream.
6966
6967 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6968 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6969 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6970 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6971 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6972 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6973 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6974 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6975 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6976 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6977 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6978 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6979 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6980
0428ddb7
LP
6981CHANGES WITH 196:
6982
6983 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6984 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6985 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6986 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6987 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6988 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6989 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6990 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 6991 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 6992 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
6993 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6994 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6995 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
6996 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6997 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6998 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6999 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7000 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7001 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7002
7003 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7004 indexed database to link up additional information with
7005 journal entries. For further details please check:
7006
56cadcb6 7007 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
0428ddb7
LP
7008
7009 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7010 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7011 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7012 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7013 macro for this purpose.
7014
7015 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
7016 Python logging framework.
7017
7018 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
7019 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
7020 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
7021 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 7022 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
7023 time intervals.
7024
7025 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
7026 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
7027 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
7028
7029 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
7030 right-away on the selected coredump.
7031
7032 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
7033 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
7034 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
7035
7036 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
7037 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
7038 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
7039 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
7040
7041 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
7042 default.
7043
7044 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
7045 SMACK security label.
7046
7047 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
7048 daylight saving change.
7049
7050 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
7051 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
7052 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
7053 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
7054 distributions who still need support this to either continue
7055 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
7056 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
7057
7058 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
7059 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
7060 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
7061 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
7062 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
7063 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
d28315e4 7064 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
0428ddb7
LP
7065 PolicyKit is not around.
7066
7067 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
7068 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
7069
7070 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
7071 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
7072 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
7073 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
7074 offline updating tools.
7075
7076 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
7077 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
7078 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
7079 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
7080 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
7081 directories for packages to place various data files in.
7082
7083 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
7084 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
7085
7086 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
7087 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7088 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
7089 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7090 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
7091 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
7092 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
7093 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
7094 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7095
139ee8cc
LP
7096CHANGES WITH 195:
7097
6827101a 7098 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
7099 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
7100 units via --unit=/-u.
7101
6827101a 7102 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
7103 right thing.
7104
7105 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
7106 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
7107 rotation.
7108
7109 * The journal will now index the available field values for
7110 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
7111 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
7112 completion of journalctl has been updated
7113 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
7114 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
7115
7116 * More service events are now written as structured messages
7117 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
7118
7119 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
7120 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
7121 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
7122 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
7123 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
7124 these settings from the command line now, especially since
7125 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
7126 completion.
7127
7128 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
7129 extract coredumps from the journal.
7130
7131 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
7132 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
7133 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
7134 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
7135 scratch their heads.
7136
7137 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
7138 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
7139
7140 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
7141 in immediate termination of systemd.
7142
7143 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
7144 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
7145
7146 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
7147 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
7148 mouse screen support has been added.
7149
7150 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
7151 Server-Sent-Events as output.
7152
1cb88f2c 7153 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
7154 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
7155 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
7156 "systemctl reload".
7157
15f47220 7158 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
7159 -u" instead.
7160
7161 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
7162 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
7163 configured.
7164
7165 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
7166 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
7167
7168 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
7169 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
7170 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
7171 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
7172 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
7173 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
7174 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 7175
f9b55720
LP
7176CHANGES WITH 194:
7177
7178 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
7179 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
7180 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
7181 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
7182 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
7183 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
7184 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
7185 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
7186 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
7187 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
7188 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
7189 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
7190
7191 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
7192 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
7193 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7194
597c52cf
LP
7195CHANGES WITH 193:
7196
7197 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
7198 starting from the specified location in the journal.
7199
7200 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
7201 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
7202 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
7203
7204 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
7205 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
7206 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
7207 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
7208 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
7209 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
7210 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
7211
7212 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
7213 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
7214
7215 This will download the journal contents in a
7216 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
7217
7218 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
7219
7220 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
7221 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
7222 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
7223 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
7224 screenshot of this app in its current state:
7225
7226 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
7227
7228 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
7229 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
7230
075d4ecb
LP
7231CHANGES WITH 192:
7232
7233 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
7234 too.
7235
d28315e4 7236 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
7237 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
7238 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 7239 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
7240 just start them.
7241
7242 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
7243 and line break accordingly.
7244
597c52cf
LP
7245 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7246 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 7247
b6a86739
LP
7248CHANGES WITH 191:
7249
7250 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
7251 container environment, copying the host's timezone
7252 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
7253 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
7254 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
7255
7256 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
7257 will default to 10 if omitted.
7258
7259 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
7260 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
7261 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
7262 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 7263 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
7264
7265 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
7266 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
7267 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
7268 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
7269 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
7270 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 7271 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
7272
7273 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
7274 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 7275 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 7276 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
7277 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
7278 into two.
7279
597c52cf
LP
7280 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
7281 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 7282
0c11f949
LP
7283CHANGES WITH 190:
7284
d28315e4 7285 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
7286 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
7287 "systemctl status".
7288
7289 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
7290 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 7291 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
7292 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
7293 field.)
7294
7295 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
7296 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
7297 default.
7298
7299 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
7300 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
7301 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
7302 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
7303 in a container.
7304
7305 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
7306 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
7307 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
7308 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
7309 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
7310 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
7311
7312 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
7313 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
7314 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
7315 no-op.
7316
7317 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
7318 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
7319 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
7320 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
7321 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
7322
7323 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
7324 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
7325
7326 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
7327 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
7328 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
7329 command.
7330
7331 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
7332 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
7333 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
7334
7335 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
7336
7337 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
7338 multiple files at once.
7339
7340 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
7341 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
7342 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
7343 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
7344 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
7345 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
7346 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
7347
a98d5d64
LP
7348 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
7349 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
7350 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
7351
7352 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
7353 dir: %_presetdir.
7354
d28315e4 7355 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 7356 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
7357
7358 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
7359 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
7360 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
7361 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
7362 anymore.
7363
aaccc32c 7364 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
7365 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
7366 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
7367 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
7368
7369 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
7370 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
7371 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
7372
7373 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
7374 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
7375 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
7376 sockets.
7377
7378 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
7379 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
7380 is changed.
7381
7382 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
7383 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
7384 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
7385 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
7386 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 7387 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
7388 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
7389
7390 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
7391
7392 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
7393 the unit file label and client process label into account.
7394
aad803af
LP
7395 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
7396 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
7397
7398 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
7399 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
7400 (%b).
7401
b6a86739 7402 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
7403 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
7404 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7405 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7406 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
7407 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7408 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7409
38a60d71
LP
7410CHANGES WITH 189:
7411
7412 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
7413 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
7414
7415 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
7416 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
7417 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
7418 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
7419 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
7420 syslog daemons again.
7421
7422 * The libudev API gained the new
7423 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
7424
7425 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
7426 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
7427 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
7428 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
7429
7430 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
7431 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
7432 container.
7433
7434 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
7435 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
7436 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
7437 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
7438 this explaining it in more detail.
7439
7440 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
7441 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
7442 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
7443 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
7444
7445 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
7446 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
7447 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
7448 journal files.
7449
7450 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
7451 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
7452 as container init process a lot more fun.
7453
7454 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
7455 entries.
7456
7457 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
7458 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
7459 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
7460 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
7461 different sets of services.
7462
7463 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
7464 failure state.
7465
b6a86739 7466 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
7467 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
7468 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7469
c269cec3
LP
7470CHANGES WITH 188:
7471
7472 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
7473 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
7474 tree a lot more organized.
7475
7476 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
7477 may be used to group services in a natural way.
7478
7479 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
7480 services.
7481
7482 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
7483 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
7484 filtering by log level now.
7485
7486 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
7487 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
7488 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
7489
ab06eef8 7490 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
7491 command lines involving service unit names.
7492
7493 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
7494 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
7495
7496 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
7497 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
7498 and encodes structured information about the error number.
7499
7500 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
7501 option.
7502
7503 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
7504 a shutdown is cancelled.
7505
7506 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
7507 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
7508 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
7509 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
7510 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
7511
7512 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
7513 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
7514 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
7515 for display managers instead.
7516
7517 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
7518 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
7519 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
7520 protection, and suchlike.
7521
7522 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
7523 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
7524 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
7525 the service.
7526
7527 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
7528 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
7529 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
7530 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
7531 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
7532 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7533
c4f1b862
LP
7534CHANGES WITH 187:
7535
7536 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
7537 pages.
7538
7539 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
7540 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
7541 data loss.
7542
c269cec3 7543 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
7544 option.
7545
7546 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
7547
7548 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
7549 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
7550
7551 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
7552 specific directory.
7553
7554 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
7555 messages of two different boots.
7556
7557 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
7558 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
7559 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
7560
7561 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
7562 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
7563 disjunctions.
7564
7565 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
7566 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
7567 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
7568
7569 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
7570 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
7571 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
7572
7573 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
7574 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
7575 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
7576 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
7577 speed things up a bit.
7578
7579 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
7580 header data of journal files.
7581
7582 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
7583 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
7584 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
7585
7586 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
7587 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
7588 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
7589 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
7590
7591 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7592
7593 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
7594 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
7595 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7596 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7597
b5b4c94a
LP
7598CHANGES WITH 186:
7599
7600 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
7601 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
7602 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
7603 prefixed with rd.
7604
7605 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
7606 automatically generated at boot. Use:
7607
7608 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
7609
7610 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
7611
d1f9edaf 7612 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
7613
7614 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
7615 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
7616 as well.
7617
7618 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
7619 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
7620 in all appropriate directories automatically.
7621
7622 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
7623 does the right thing. Example:
7624
7625 udevadm info /dev/sda
7626 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
7627
7628 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
7629 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
7630 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
7631 running.
7632
7633 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
7634 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
7635
7636 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
7637 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
7638
7639 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
7640 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
7641 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
7642 files.
7643
7644 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7645 be stopped that is not loaded.
7646
7647 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7648
7649 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7650
7651 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7652 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7653 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7654 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7655
7656 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7657 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7658 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
7659 completed initialization.
7660
7661 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
7662
7663 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
7664 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
7665 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
7666 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7667 distributions.
7668
7669 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7670 always valid when services log to the journal via
7671 STDOUT/STDERR.
7672
7673 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7674 command line options we understand.
7675
7676 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7677 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7678
91ac7425 7679 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
7680 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7681
7682 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7683 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7684 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7685 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7686
7687 systemctl status /home
7688 systemctl status /dev/sda
7689
7690 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7691 system.conf parsing.
7692
7693 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7694 Manager object.
7695
ce830873 7696 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
7697
7698 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7699
7700 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7701 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7702 complete.
7703
7704 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7705 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7706 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7707 systemd-fsck@.service.
7708
7709 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7710 Manager object.
7711
7712 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7713 work sensibly.
7714
7715 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7716 we actually understand.
7717
7718 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7719 additional capabilities to the container.
7720
7721 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 7722 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
7723 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7724
7725 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7726 the current boot only.
7727
7728 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7729 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7730
7731 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7732 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7733 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7734 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7735 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7736
c4f1b862 7737 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 7738
2d938ac7
LP
7739 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7740 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7741 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7742 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 7743
2d197285 7744CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 7745
2d197285
KS
7746 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7747 available.
7748
7749 * Several new man pages have been added.
7750
b5b4c94a
LP
7751 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7752 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7753 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7754 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 7755
b5b4c94a
LP
7756 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7757 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
7758
7759 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7760 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7761 Matthias Clasen
7762
4c8cd173 7763CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 7764
4c8cd173
LP
7765 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7766 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7767
7768 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7769 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7770 daemon.
7771
7772 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7773 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7774
7775 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7776 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7777 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7778 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7779
ea5943d3 7780CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 7781
187076d4
LP
7782 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7783 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7784 and systemd's most recent version number.
7785
194bbe33
KS
7786 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7787 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7788 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7789 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7790 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 7791 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 7792
91cf7e5c 7793 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
7794 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7795 subsystems.
64661ee7 7796
2d13da88
KS
7797 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7798 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7799 used to subscribe to events.
7800
194bbe33
KS
7801 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7802 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7803 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7804 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 7805 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
7806 forked by udev rules.
7807
f13b388f
KS
7808 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7809 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7810 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7811 it.
7812
ea5943d3 7813 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
7814 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7815 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7816 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 7817 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 7818
ea5943d3 7819 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 7820 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
7821
7822 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7823 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7824 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7825 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7826
ea5943d3
LP
7827 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7828 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7829 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7830 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7831 to be used as drop-in files.
7832
7833 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 7834 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
7835
7836 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7837 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7838 about this in more detail.
7839
7840 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 7841 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
7842 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7843 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7844 from git history and add them downstream.
7845
7846 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7847 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 7848 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
7849 units.
7850
7851 * All smaller setup units (such as
7852 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7853 are run in a container and are skipped when
7854 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7855 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7856
7857 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7858 integrated, for details see:
c6749ba5 7859 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
ea5943d3
LP
7860
7861 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7862 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7863 messages.
7864
439d6dfd
LP
7865 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7866 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
7867 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7868 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7869 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7870
7871 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7872 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7873 for all units started by PID 1.
7874
7875 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7876 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7877 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7878
3943231c
LP
7879 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7880 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
7881
7882 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7883 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 7884 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
7885
7886 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7887 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7888 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7889 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7890 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7891 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7892
7893 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7894 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7895
7896 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7897
7898 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7899 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7900 so sexy.
7901
7902 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7903 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7904 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7905 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7906 patterns.
7907
7908 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7909 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7910 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7911 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7912
7913 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7914 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7915
7916 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7917 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7918 in systemd now.
7919
7920 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7921 ID on the command line.
7922
f8c0a2cb 7923 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
7924 for an init system.
7925
7926 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7927 vt100.
7928
7929 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7930
7931 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 7932 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
7933
7934 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7935
7936 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7937 container in other hierarchies.
7938
7939 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7940 system.conf.
7941
7942 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7943
7944 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7945 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7946
d28315e4 7947 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
7948 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7949
7950 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7951 locally generated journal files.
7952
7953 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7954
7955 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7956
79849bf9
LP
7957 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7958 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7959 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7960 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7961 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7962 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7963 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7964 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7965 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7966 Gundersen
7967
16f1239e 7968CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 7969
16f1239e
LP
7970 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7971
7972 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7973 KVM or container configured UUID.
7974
7975 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7976
7977 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7978
ab06eef8 7979 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
7980 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7981
ce830873 7982 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
7983
7984 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7985 folks
7986
7987 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 7988 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
7989 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7990
7991 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7992 configuration
7993
7994 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7995 free fashion
7996
7997 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7998 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 7999 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
8000 automatically generated data.
8001
8002 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8003 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8004 however.
8005
8006 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8007 tarball.
8008
8009 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8010 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8011 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8012 Reding
8013
437b7dee 8014CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 8015
437b7dee
LP
8016 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8017
8018 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
8019
8020 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
8021
45afd519 8022 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
8023 normal user logins.
8024
8025 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
8026 Biebl
8027
204fa33c 8028CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 8029
204fa33c
LP
8030 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
8031
8032 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
8033 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
8034 xsltproc.
8035
8036 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
8037 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
8038 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
8039
8040 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
8041 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
8042 reboot can automatically be triggered.
8043
8044 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
8045
8046 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
8047 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8048 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
8049
e0d25329 8050CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 8051
e0d25329
KS
8052 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
8053 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
8054 package update.
8055
b13df964
LP
8056 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
8057 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
8058 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
8059
8060 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
8061 complete.
8062
8063 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
8064 understood to set system wide environment variables
8065 dynamically at boot.
8066
e9c1ea9d 8067 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 8068
353e12c2
LP
8069 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
8070 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
8071 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
8072 files.
8073
b13df964
LP
8074 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8075 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
8076 William Douglas
8077
d26e4270 8078CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 8079
d26e4270
LP
8080 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8081
8082 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
8083 "Result" D-Bus property.
8084
8085 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
8086 the next few releases.)
8087
8088 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
8089 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
8090 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
8091 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
8092
b13df964
LP
8093 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
8094 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
8095 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
8096
220a21d3 8097CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 8098
220a21d3
LP
8099 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8100 bugfixes.
8101
8102 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
8103 resource usage.
8104
8105 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
8106 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
8107 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
8108 journals by the respective users.
8109
8110 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
8111 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
8112 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
8113
8114 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
8115 client for all entries.
8116
8117 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
8118
8119 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
8120 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
8121
8122 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
8123 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
8124 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
8125 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
8126
8127 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
8128 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
8129 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
8130
8131 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
8132 journal along with meta data.
8133
8134 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
8135 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
8136 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
8137
8138 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
8139 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
56cadcb6 8140 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
220a21d3
LP
8141
8142 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
8143
8144 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
8145 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
8146 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
8147 or fsck.
8148
d28315e4 8149 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
8150 requested with new -k switch.
8151
8152 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8153 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
8154
8155CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 8156
220a21d3
LP
8157 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8158 bugfixes.
8159
8160 * The git repository moved to:
8161 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
8162 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
8163
8164 * First release with the journal
8165 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
8166
8167 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
8168 systemd-stdout-bridge.
8169
8170 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
8171
8172 * Many systemadm clean-ups
8173
8174 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
8175 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
8176 remote mounts.
8177
8178 * Added Mageia support
8179
8180 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
8181
8182 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
8183 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
8184 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
8185 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
8186 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
8187
8188 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
8189 of existing distributions.
8190
8191 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
8192 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
8193
8194 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
8195 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
8196 boot.
8197
8198 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
8199
8200 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
8201 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
8202 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
8203 among other things.
8204
8205 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
8206 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
8207
8208 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
8209
ce830873 8210 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
8211 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
8212 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
8213
8214 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
8215 restored.
8216
8217 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
8218 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
8219 kmod
8220
d28315e4 8221 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
8222 of /usr/local by default.
8223
8224 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
8225 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
8226 in:
56cadcb6 8227 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
220a21d3
LP
8228
8229 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
8230 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
8231 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
8232 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
8233 supported anyway, and bad style).
8234
8235 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
8236 reloading of units together.
8237
4c8cd173 8238 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
8239 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
8240 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
8241 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
8242 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek